CA2050769A1 - Azacyclic compounds - Google Patents
Azacyclic compoundsInfo
- Publication number
- CA2050769A1 CA2050769A1 CA002050769A CA2050769A CA2050769A1 CA 2050769 A1 CA2050769 A1 CA 2050769A1 CA 002050769 A CA002050769 A CA 002050769A CA 2050769 A CA2050769 A CA 2050769A CA 2050769 A1 CA2050769 A1 CA 2050769A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- lower alkyl
- salt
- group
- tetrazol
- alkynyl
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 150000004030 azacyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 title abstract description 5
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 119
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 110
- -1 carboxy, 1H-tetrazol-5-yl Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 101
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 87
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 87
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims abstract description 45
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 43
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims abstract description 37
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 31
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 31
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 22
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 21
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 21
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 15
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims abstract description 15
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 11
- 229910018828 PO3H2 Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 229910006069 SO3H Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 7
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical class [H]* 0.000 claims abstract description 7
- 125000000020 sulfo group Chemical group O=S(=O)([*])O[H] 0.000 claims abstract description 7
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 144
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 43
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 40
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 39
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 34
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 claims description 17
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 16
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 230000001476 alcoholic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 10
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000003302 alkenyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000004450 alkenylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 claims description 6
- 206010020772 Hypertension Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000002220 antihypertensive agent Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 229940127088 antihypertensive drug Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- SYSQUGFVNFXIIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[4-(1,3-benzoxazol-2-yl)phenyl]-4-nitrobenzenesulfonamide Chemical class C1=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)NC1=CC=C(C=2OC3=CC=CC=C3N=2)C=C1 SYSQUGFVNFXIIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- ZPPLJKNHXCIPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-butyl-4-[[4-[2-(2h-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-1h-1,2,4-triazol-5-one Chemical compound CCCCC1=NNC(=O)N1CC1=CC=C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C=2NN=NN=2)C=C1 ZPPLJKNHXCIPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010019280 Heart failures Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940124531 pharmaceutical excipient Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- STODEQQYGGTXOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-dibutyl-4-[[4-[2-(2h-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-1,2,4-triazol-3-one Chemical compound CCCCC1=NN(CCCC)C(=O)N1CC1=CC=C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C2=NNN=N2)C=C1 STODEQQYGGTXOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- PEVORBMDYRKTAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butyl-1-[[4-[2-(2h-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-4,5-dihydropyrimidin-6-one Chemical compound CCCCC1=NCCC(=O)N1CC1=CC=C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C2=NNN=N2)C=C1 PEVORBMDYRKTAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- RNBZHGOEHCDFQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butyl-1-[[4-[2-(2h-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-4h-imidazol-5-one Chemical compound CCCCC1=NCC(=O)N1CC1=CC=C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C2=NNN=N2)C=C1 RNBZHGOEHCDFQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- MXOPYFWSFPLIJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butyl-3-[[4-[2-(2h-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-1,3-diazaspiro[4.5]dec-1-en-4-one Chemical compound O=C1N(CC=2C=CC(=CC=2)C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C2=NNN=N2)C(CCCC)=NC21CCCCC2 MXOPYFWSFPLIJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- ZDLAOWGFUXYUTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butyl-4-ethyl-1-[[4-[2-(2h-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-4h-imidazol-5-one Chemical compound CCCCC1=NC(CC)C(=O)N1CC1=CC=C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C=2NN=NN=2)C=C1 ZDLAOWGFUXYUTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- UOTUAEXPFAXTIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butyl-4-methyl-1-[[4-[2-(2h-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-4h-imidazol-5-one Chemical compound CCCCC1=NC(C)C(=O)N1CC1=CC=C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C2=NNN=N2)C=C1 UOTUAEXPFAXTIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- JXQFBACLPXHJIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butyl-4-propan-2-yl-1-[[4-[2-(2h-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-4h-imidazol-5-one Chemical compound CCCCC1=NC(C(C)C)C(=O)N1CC1=CC=C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C2=NNN=N2)C=C1 JXQFBACLPXHJIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- ZBOOONWWIXHYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butyl-5,5,6,6-tetramethyl-3-[[4-[2-(2H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]pyrimidin-4-one Chemical compound C(CCC)C=1N(C(C(C(N1)(C)C)(C)C)=O)CC1=CC=C(C=C1)C1=C(C=CC=C1)C1=NN=NN1 ZBOOONWWIXHYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- GZMQOLGPLLCXJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butyl-5,5-diethyl-3-[[4-[2-(2h-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]imidazol-4-one Chemical compound CCCCC1=NC(CC)(CC)C(=O)N1CC1=CC=C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C2=NNN=N2)C=C1 GZMQOLGPLLCXJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- JKIDIKOHZBLCQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butyl-5,5-dimethyl-1-[[4-[2-(2h-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-4h-pyrimidin-6-one Chemical compound CCCCC1=NCC(C)(C)C(=O)N1CC1=CC=C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C2=NNN=N2)C=C1 JKIDIKOHZBLCQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- DTQSQYVSPRWGGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butyl-5,5-dimethyl-3-[[4-[2-(2h-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]imidazol-4-one Chemical compound CCCCC1=NC(C)(C)C(=O)N1CC1=CC=C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C2=NNN=N2)C=C1 DTQSQYVSPRWGGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- DFNCOBOLYLDBMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butyl-5-methyl-5-propan-2-yl-3-[[4-[2-(2h-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]imidazol-4-one Chemical compound CCCCC1=NC(C)(C(C)C)C(=O)N1CC1=CC=C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C2=NNN=N2)C=C1 DFNCOBOLYLDBMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- CLLOQHSJIMEWOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butyl-6,6-dimethyl-3-[[4-[2-(2h-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-5h-pyrimidin-4-one Chemical compound CCCCC1=NC(C)(C)CC(=O)N1CC1=CC=C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C2=NNN=N2)C=C1 CLLOQHSJIMEWOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- LLNRANIFLDQRTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5,5-diethyl-2-propyl-3-[[4-[2-(2h-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]imidazol-4-one Chemical compound CCCC1=NC(CC)(CC)C(=O)N1CC1=CC=C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C2=NNN=N2)C=C1 LLNRANIFLDQRTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- NUWJQJOZIWOUBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5,5-dimethyl-2-pentyl-3-[[4-[2-(2h-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]imidazol-4-one Chemical compound CCCCCC1=NC(C)(C)C(=O)N1CC1=CC=C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C2=NNN=N2)C=C1 NUWJQJOZIWOUBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- BTNHDTOLKAXRBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5,5-dimethyl-2-propyl-3-[[4-[2-(2h-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]imidazol-4-one Chemical compound CCCC1=NC(C)(C)C(=O)N1CC1=CC=C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C2=NNN=N2)C=C1 BTNHDTOLKAXRBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- PZARVXWVGIUWJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-butyl-2-methyl-4-[[4-[2-(2h-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-1,2,4-triazol-3-one Chemical compound CCCCC1=NN(C)C(=O)N1CC1=CC=C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C2=NNN=N2)C=C1 PZARVXWVGIUWJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- YOSHYTLCDANDAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N irbesartan Chemical compound O=C1N(CC=2C=CC(=CC=2)C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C=2NN=NN=2)C(CCCC)=NC21CCCC2 YOSHYTLCDANDAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 abstract description 3
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 82
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 74
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 48
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 47
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 44
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 40
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 32
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 30
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 29
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 27
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 21
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 20
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 18
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 18
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical group CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 17
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 239000012442 inert solvent Substances 0.000 description 17
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 16
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 16
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 15
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 15
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 15
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 13
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 229950006323 angiotensin ii Drugs 0.000 description 12
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- CUKWUWBLQQDQAC-VEQWQPCFSA-N (3s)-3-amino-4-[[(2s)-1-[[(2s)-1-[[(2s)-1-[[(2s,3s)-1-[[(2s)-1-[(2s)-2-[[(1s)-1-carboxyethyl]carbamoyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl]-3-(1h-imidazol-5-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino]-3-methyl-1-oxopentan-2-yl]amino]-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino]-3-methyl-1-ox Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O)C(C)C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 CUKWUWBLQQDQAC-VEQWQPCFSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 102000005862 Angiotensin II Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 101800000733 Angiotensin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 229960000583 acetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 11
- 150000001540 azides Chemical class 0.000 description 11
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 11
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicylcohexylcarbodiimide Chemical compound C1CCCCC1N=C=NC1CCCCC1 QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 10
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 9
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 9
- IJIBRSFAXRFPPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-bromo-2-methoxybenzaldehyde Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(Br)C=C1C=O IJIBRSFAXRFPPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 8
- KJIFKLIQANRMOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxidanium;4-methylbenzenesulfonate Chemical compound O.CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 KJIFKLIQANRMOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 7
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 7
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Substances [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 7
- 229940078552 o-xylene Drugs 0.000 description 7
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 7
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 6
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 6
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical compound ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 6
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 229940014259 gelatin Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 238000005984 hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000010755 mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- HIXDQWDOVZUNNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-5-hydroxy-7-methoxychromen-4-one Chemical compound C=1C(OC)=CC(O)=C(C(C=2)=O)C=1OC=2C1=CC=C(OC)C(OC)=C1 HIXDQWDOVZUNNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 5
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 5
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N ether Substances CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 125000001841 imino group Chemical group [H]N=* 0.000 description 5
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanesulfonic acid Substances CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 5
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 5
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 5
- SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-QMMMGPOBSA-N (-)-norepinephrine Chemical compound NC[C@H](O)C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 4
- LRGAANMQNVMQFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(aminomethyl)phenyl]benzonitrile Chemical group C1=CC(CN)=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1C#N LRGAANMQNVMQFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 4
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 4
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000001718 carbodiimides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000008298 dragée Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 4
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229920001592 potato starch Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- XPZCALJBPAXBKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-2-(pentanoylamino)propanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCC(=O)NC(C)(C)C(O)=O XPZCALJBPAXBKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bisulfite Chemical compound OS([O-])=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Malonic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 3
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric Acid Chemical compound [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 210000000709 aorta Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium stearate Chemical compound [Ca+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 235000013539 calcium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000008116 calcium stearate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 3
- IJKVHSBPTUYDLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydroxy(oxo)silane Chemical compound O[Si](O)=O IJKVHSBPTUYDLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000001301 ethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 3
- 125000003754 ethoxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC)* 0.000 description 3
- 125000005745 ethoxymethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 239000007941 film coated tablet Substances 0.000 description 3
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000007327 hydrogenolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 3
- 125000001160 methoxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- XGISHOFUAFNYQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentanoyl chloride Chemical compound CCCCC(Cl)=O XGISHOFUAFNYQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000001953 recrystallisation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229910000104 sodium hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000003626 triacylglycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N (S)-malic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KZRJXOWKQWFAOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(butanoylamino)-N-[[4-(2-cyanophenyl)phenyl]methyl]-2-ethylbutanamide Chemical compound C(#N)C1=C(C=CC=C1)C1=CC=C(C=C1)CNC(C(CC)(CC)NC(CCC)=O)=O KZRJXOWKQWFAOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KWEQEHOPDHARIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-[(2-butyl-4-oxo-1,3-diazaspiro[4.4]non-1-en-3-yl)methyl]phenyl]benzonitrile Chemical compound O=C1N(CC=2C=CC(=CC=2)C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C#N)C(CCCC)=NC21CCCC2 KWEQEHOPDHARIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KWOMLHIFHFWBSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-azaniumyl-2-ethylbutanoate Chemical compound CCC(N)(CC)C(O)=O KWOMLHIFHFWBSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001731 2-cyanoethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C#N 0.000 description 2
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PQSUYGKTWSAVDQ-ZVIOFETBSA-N Aldosterone Chemical compound C([C@@]1([C@@H](C(=O)CO)CC[C@H]1[C@@H]1CC2)C=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1[C@]1(C)C2=CC(=O)CC1 PQSUYGKTWSAVDQ-ZVIOFETBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PQSUYGKTWSAVDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aldosterone Natural products C1CC2C3CCC(C(=O)CO)C3(C=O)CC(O)C2C2(C)C1=CC(=O)CC2 PQSUYGKTWSAVDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000015427 Angiotensins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010064733 Angiotensins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XPDWGBQVDMORPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluoroform Chemical compound FC(F)F XPDWGBQVDMORPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Chemical compound OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PCLIMKBDDGJMGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-bromosuccinimide Chemical compound BrN1C(=O)CCC1=O PCLIMKBDDGJMGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007832 Na2SO4 Substances 0.000 description 2
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001800 Shellac Polymers 0.000 description 2
- KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium Chemical compound [Na] KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KKEYFWRCBNTPAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Terephthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 KKEYFWRCBNTPAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tert-Butanol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)O DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XAKBSHICSHRJCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N [CH2]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical group [CH2]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 XAKBSHICSHRJCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960002478 aldosterone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000102 alkali metal hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000008046 alkali metal hydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004849 alkoxymethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000003973 alkyl amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-hydroxysuccinic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001409 amidines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000003042 antagnostic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003276 anti-hypertensive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000036772 blood pressure Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 2
- BTANRVKWQNVYAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N butan-2-ol Chemical compound CCC(C)O BTANRVKWQNVYAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 2
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- YADSGOSSYOOKMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N dioxolead Chemical compound O=[Pb]=O YADSGOSSYOOKMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002702 enteric coating Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009505 enteric coating Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000006266 etherification reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000010685 fatty oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012065 filter cake Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000004678 hydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-] XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 125000004029 hydroxymethyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000005342 ion exchange Methods 0.000 description 2
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000001630 malic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011090 malic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N methane Chemical compound C VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004184 methoxymethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004092 methylthiomethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])SC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- YZZKCYRHAIIYSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[1-[[4-(2-cyanophenyl)phenyl]methylamino]-2-methyl-1-oxopropan-2-yl]pentanamide Chemical compound C1=CC(CNC(=O)C(C)(C)NC(=O)CCCC)=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1C#N YZZKCYRHAIIYSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NJLMWMQOHUXKOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[[4-(2-cyanophenyl)phenyl]methyl]-1-(pentanoylamino)cyclohexane-1-carboxamide Chemical compound C=1C=C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C#N)C=CC=1CNC(=O)C1(NC(=O)CCCC)CCCCC1 NJLMWMQOHUXKOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000006503 p-nitrobenzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1[N+]([O-])=O)C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- KMUONIBRACKNSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium dichromate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-][Cr](=O)(=O)O[Cr]([O-])(=O)=O KMUONIBRACKNSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 2
- BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCO BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004208 shellac Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N shellac Chemical compound OCCCCCC(O)C(O)CCCCCCCC(O)=O.C1C23[C@H](C(O)=O)CCC2[C@](C)(CO)[C@@H]1C(C(O)=O)=C[C@@H]3O ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940113147 shellac Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000013874 shellac Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- NDVLTYZPCACLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N silver oxide Chemical class [O-2].[Ag+].[Ag+] NDVLTYZPCACLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SQGYOTSLMSWVJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N silver(1+) nitrate Chemical compound [Ag+].[O-]N(=O)=O SQGYOTSLMSWVJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QDRKDTQENPPHOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium ethoxide Chemical compound [Na+].CC[O-] QDRKDTQENPPHOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012312 sodium hydride Substances 0.000 description 2
- LPXPTNMVRIOKMN-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium nitrite Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]N=O LPXPTNMVRIOKMN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N thionyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)=O FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical class [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 2
- 125000002221 trityl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1C([*])(C1=C(C(=C(C(=C1[H])[H])[H])[H])[H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- JIAARYAFYJHUJI-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc dichloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Zn+2] JIAARYAFYJHUJI-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- HFVMEOPYDLEHBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2-fluorophenyl)-phenylmethanol Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(F)C=1C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 HFVMEOPYDLEHBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MLIWQXBKMZNZNF-KUHOPJCQSA-N (2e)-2,6-bis[(4-azidophenyl)methylidene]-4-methylcyclohexan-1-one Chemical compound O=C1\C(=C\C=2C=CC(=CC=2)N=[N+]=[N-])CC(C)CC1=CC1=CC=C(N=[N+]=[N-])C=C1 MLIWQXBKMZNZNF-KUHOPJCQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BHMLFPOTZYRDKA-IRXDYDNUSA-N (2s)-2-[(s)-(2-iodophenoxy)-phenylmethyl]morpholine Chemical compound IC1=CC=CC=C1O[C@@H](C=1C=CC=CC=1)[C@H]1OCCNC1 BHMLFPOTZYRDKA-IRXDYDNUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YGKOYVNJPRSSRX-UHFFFAOYSA-M (4-dodecylphenyl)methyl-trimethylazanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCCCCCCCCCC1=CC=C(C[N+](C)(C)C)C=C1 YGKOYVNJPRSSRX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-GSVOUGTGSA-N (R)-(-)-Propylene glycol Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-GSVOUGTGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MIOPJNTWMNEORI-GMSGAONNSA-N (S)-camphorsulfonic acid Chemical compound C1C[C@@]2(CS(O)(=O)=O)C(=O)C[C@@H]1C2(C)C MIOPJNTWMNEORI-GMSGAONNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CRPTXKKKIGGDBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N (z)-but-2-ene Chemical group [CH2]C=CC CRPTXKKKIGGDBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XUXVVQKJULMMKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1-trimethoxypentane Chemical compound CCCCC(OC)(OC)OC XUXVVQKJULMMKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HTSGKJQDMSTCGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-bis(4-chlorophenyl)-2-(4-methylphenyl)sulfonylbutane-1,4-dione Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)C(C(=O)C=1C=CC(Cl)=CC=1)CC(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 HTSGKJQDMSTCGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DTLTUUJDCNTTSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-dioxane;molecular bromine Chemical compound BrBr.C1COCCO1 DTLTUUJDCNTTSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YFVIRVMXXGOEOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(pentanoylamino)cyclohexane-1-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CCCCC(=O)NC1(C(O)=O)CCCCC1 YFVIRVMXXGOEOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinane-5-carboximidamide Chemical compound CN1CC(C(N)=N)C(=O)NC1=O IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NJQJGRGGIUNVAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4,4,6-tetrabromocyclohexa-2,5-dien-1-one Chemical compound BrC1=CC(Br)(Br)C=C(Br)C1=O NJQJGRGGIUNVAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OBTZDIRUQWFRFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(5-methylfuran-2-yl)-n-(4-methylphenyl)quinoline-4-carboxamide Chemical compound O1C(C)=CC=C1C1=CC(C(=O)NC=2C=CC(C)=CC=2)=C(C=CC=C2)C2=N1 OBTZDIRUQWFRFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LIHPVECKDVRYTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(butanoylamino)-2-ethylbutanoic acid Chemical compound CCCC(=O)NC(CC)(CC)C(O)=O LIHPVECKDVRYTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZPDSRDAYHKFHHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(butanoylamino)-2-ethylbutanoic acid;butanoyl chloride Chemical compound CCCC(Cl)=O.CCCC(=O)NC(CC)(CC)C(O)=O ZPDSRDAYHKFHHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2,4-di(pentan-2-yl)phenoxy]acetyl chloride Chemical compound CCCC(C)C1=CC=C(OCC(Cl)=O)C(C(C)CCC)=C1 NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CQJFXADWSARLFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-[(2-butyl-4,4-dimethyl-5-oxoimidazol-1-yl)methyl]phenyl]benzonitrile Chemical compound C(CCC)C=1N(C(C(N1)(C)C)=O)CC1=CC=C(C=C1)C1=C(C=CC=C1)C#N CQJFXADWSARLFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QCVYHOXSYBCYNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-[(4,4-diethyl-5-oxo-2-propylimidazol-1-yl)methyl]phenyl]benzonitrile Chemical compound C(#N)C1=C(C=CC=C1)C1=CC=C(C=C1)CN1C(=NC(C1=O)(CC)CC)CCC QCVYHOXSYBCYNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004974 2-butenyl group Chemical group C(C=CC)* 0.000 description 1
- JNYKQFCKARTRFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butyl-4,4-dimethyl-1,5-dihydropyrimidin-6-one;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.CCCCC1=NC(C)(C)CC(=O)N1 JNYKQFCKARTRFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UTSKAQLJCLJSDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butyl-4,4-dimethyl-1h-imidazol-5-one Chemical compound CCCCC1=NC(C)(C)C(=O)N1 UTSKAQLJCLJSDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CAMILGUJUDRUJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butyl-5,5-dimethyl-1-[[4-[2-(1-trityltetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-4h-pyrimidin-6-one Chemical compound CCCCC1=NCC(C)(C)C(=O)N1CC1=CC=C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C=2N(N=NN=2)C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=C1 CAMILGUJUDRUJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VCLLAEBJRJAFSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butyl-5,5-dimethyl-3-[[4-[2-(1-trityltetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]imidazol-4-one Chemical compound CCCCC1=NC(C)(C)C(=O)N1CC1=CC=C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C=2N(N=NN=2)C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=C1 VCLLAEBJRJAFSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UIZMGTKPFTXWEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethyl-2-(pentanoylamino)butanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCC(=O)NC(CC)(CC)C(O)=O UIZMGTKPFTXWEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KYSIEYSVEMOQGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethyl-2-(pentanoylamino)butanoic acid pentanoyl chloride Chemical compound C(C)C(C(=O)O)(CC)NC(CCCC)=O.C(CCCC)(=O)Cl KYSIEYSVEMOQGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000954 2-hydroxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])O[H] 0.000 description 1
- HZLCGUXUOFWCCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxynonadecane-1,2,3-tricarboxylic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(C(O)=O)C(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O HZLCGUXUOFWCCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004200 2-methoxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001494 2-propynyl group Chemical group [H]C#CC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- YNJSNEKCXVFDKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(5-amino-1h-indol-3-yl)-2-azaniumylpropanoate Chemical compound C1=C(N)C=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 YNJSNEKCXVFDKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-azaniumyl-2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound NCC(O)C(O)=O BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QOXOZONBQWIKDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxypropyl Chemical group [CH2]CCO QOXOZONBQWIKDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GRFNBEZIAWKNCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-pyridinol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CN=C1 GRFNBEZIAWKNCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QISOBCMNUJQOJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-bromo-1h-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C=1NN=CC=1Br QISOBCMNUJQOJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GCNTZFIIOFTKIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxypyridine Chemical compound OC1=CC=NC=C1 GCNTZFIIOFTKIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000215068 Acacia senegal Species 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical class [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 229940123413 Angiotensin II antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 101800000734 Angiotensin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102400000344 Angiotensin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- PAYRUJLWNCNPSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aniline Chemical group NC1=CC=CC=C1 PAYRUJLWNCNPSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- OMPJBNCRMGITSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzoylperoxide Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 OMPJBNCRMGITSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XZHTVPZNJKXUIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N C(#N)C1=C(C=CC=C1)C1=CC=C(C=C1)CNC(C(CC)(NC(CCCC)=O)CC)=O.C(C)C(C(=O)O)(CC)NC(CCCC)=O Chemical compound C(#N)C1=C(C=CC=C1)C1=CC=C(C=C1)CNC(C(CC)(NC(CCCC)=O)CC)=O.C(C)C(C(=O)O)(CC)NC(CCCC)=O XZHTVPZNJKXUIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YXHKONLOYHBTNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diazomethane Chemical compound C=[N+]=[N-] YXHKONLOYHBTNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Elaidinsaeure-aethylester Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethane Chemical compound CC OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Natural products OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000084 Gum arabic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002841 Lewis acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Molybdenum Chemical compound [Mo] ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IOVCWXUNBOPUCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M Nitrite anion Chemical compound [O-]N=O IOVCWXUNBOPUCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 240000007594 Oryza sativa Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000007164 Oryza sativa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910020667 PBr3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000007868 Raney catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000564 Raney nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000000297 Sandmeyer reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006350 Schiemann fluorination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical class [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WQDUMFSSJAZKTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium methoxide Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C WQDUMFSSJAZKTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Succinic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000021307 Triticum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000098338 Triticum aestivum Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010047139 Vasoconstriction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 240000008042 Zea mays Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000005824 Zea mays ssp. parviglumis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000002017 Zea mays subsp mays Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- SMEGJBVQLJJKKX-HOTMZDKISA-N [(2R,3S,4S,5R,6R)-5-acetyloxy-3,4,6-trihydroxyoxan-2-yl]methyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC[C@@H]1[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H](O1)O)OC(=O)C)O)O SMEGJBVQLJJKKX-HOTMZDKISA-N 0.000 description 1
- AQMHNCQZLQUNJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N [CH2]CCCCCC Chemical compound [CH2]CCCCCC AQMHNCQZLQUNJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010489 acacia gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000205 acacia gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940081735 acetylcellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012445 acidic reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006978 adaptation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003463 adsorbent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940040563 agaric acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001335 aliphatic alkanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910001854 alkali hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000005115 alkyl carbamoyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001350 alkyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005277 alkyl imino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005336 allyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ORWYRWWVDCYOMK-HBZPZAIKSA-N angiotensin I Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O)C(C)C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 ORWYRWWVDCYOMK-HBZPZAIKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002333 angiotensin II receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001448 anilines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003705 anilinocarbonyl group Chemical group O=C([*])N([H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000008485 antagonism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001491 aromatic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000001367 artery Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000003704 aspartic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- OSJRGDBEYARHLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N azido(trimethyl)stannane Chemical group [N-]=[N+]=[N-].C[Sn+](C)C OSJRGDBEYARHLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BJUSKQNPSWYMEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N azido(triphenyl)stannane Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1[Sn](C=1C=CC=CC=1)(N=[N+]=[N-])C1=CC=CC=C1 BJUSKQNPSWYMEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzenesulfonic acid Chemical class OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- LAVZBMKAHDECHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl 1-(pentanoylamino)cyclopentane-1-carboxylate Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1COC(=O)C1(NC(=O)CCCC)CCCC1 LAVZBMKAHDECHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LXWREXKYHMWQRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl 1-aminocyclopentane-1-carboxylate Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1COC(=O)C1(N)CCCC1 LXWREXKYHMWQRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- VBQDSLGFSUGBBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl(triethyl)azanium Chemical compound CC[N+](CC)(CC)CC1=CC=CC=C1 VBQDSLGFSUGBBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KXHPPCXNWTUNSB-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzyl(trimethyl)azanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C[N+](C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 KXHPPCXNWTUNSB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-carboxyaspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001649 bromium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RDHPKYGYEGBMSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromoethane Chemical compound CCBr RDHPKYGYEGBMSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DKSMCEUSSQTGBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromous acid Chemical compound OBr=O DKSMCEUSSQTGBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FUFJGUQYACFECW-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium hydrogenphosphate Chemical compound [Ca+2].OP([O-])([O-])=O FUFJGUQYACFECW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonic acid Chemical class OC(O)=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002057 carboxymethyl group Chemical group [H]OC(=O)C([H])([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- 230000000747 cardiac effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012876 carrier material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009903 catalytic hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920002301 cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- KXZJHVJKXJLBKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N chembl1408157 Chemical compound N=1C2=CC=CC=C2C(C(=O)O)=CC=1C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 KXZJHVJKXJLBKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000000038 chest Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000001805 chlorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001845 chromium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WGLPBDUCMAPZCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromium trioxide Inorganic materials O=[Cr](=O)=O WGLPBDUCMAPZCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940117975 chromium trioxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GAMDZJFZMJECOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromium(6+);oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Cr+6] GAMDZJFZMJECOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000015165 citric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006957 competitive inhibition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000005822 corn Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003983 crown ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- QCRFMSUKWRQZEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N cycloheptanol Chemical compound OC1CCCCCC1 QCRFMSUKWRQZEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- VUBFDOMQDJSJBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanol Chemical compound O[C]1CCCCC1 VUBFDOMQDJSJBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XCIXKGXIYUWCLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopentanol Chemical compound OC1CCCC1 XCIXKGXIYUWCLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- VRLDVERQJMEPIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N dbdmh Chemical compound CC1(C)N(Br)C(=O)N(Br)C1=O VRLDVERQJMEPIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006264 debenzylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012954 diazonium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001989 diazonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-O diazynium Chemical group [NH+]#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 235000019700 dicalcium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001991 dicarboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000013681 dietary sucrose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- PQZTVWVYCLIIJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethyl(propyl)amine Chemical group CCCN(CC)CC PQZTVWVYCLIIJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RWRIWBAIICGTTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N difluoromethane Chemical compound FCF RWRIWBAIICGTTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UAOMVDZJSHZZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N diisopropylamine Chemical group CC(C)NC(C)C UAOMVDZJSHZZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VAYGXNSJCAHWJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl sulfate Chemical compound COS(=O)(=O)OC VAYGXNSJCAHWJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004821 distillation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- DWLJKCGOCUODFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-amino-2-methylpropanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C(C)(C)N DWLJKCGOCUODFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYKWAKCJLTYPCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 3-amino-2,2-dimethylpropanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C(C)(C)CN RYKWAKCJLTYPCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UTXVCHVLDOLVPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 3-methylbut-2-enoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C=C(C)C UTXVCHVLDOLVPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004494 ethyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- VYSYZMNJHYOXGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl n-aminocarbamate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)NN VYSYZMNJHYOXGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N ethyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940093471 ethyl oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 1
- 238000001640 fractional crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZZUFCTLCJUWOSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N furosemide Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C(S(=O)(=O)N)=CC(C(O)=O)=C1NCC1=CC=CO1 ZZUFCTLCJUWOSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012362 glacial acetic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940093915 gynecological organic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000008282 halocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000002140 halogenating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005446 heptyloxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane Substances CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 150000004677 hydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen chloride Substances Cl.Cl IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000041 hydrogen chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012433 hydrogen halide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000039 hydrogen halide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000003301 hydrolyzing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002440 hydroxy compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001631 hypertensive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- JGJLWPGRMCADHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N hypobromite Inorganic materials Br[O-] JGJLWPGRMCADHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002460 imidazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000004966 inorganic peroxy acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000004694 iodide salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000007517 lewis acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 159000000003 magnesium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002697 manganese compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940098779 methanesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NVWZNEDLYYLQJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 2-amino-2-methylpropanoate;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.COC(=O)C(C)(C)N NVWZNEDLYYLQJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IJEOGONFTQPQCT-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 2-methyl-2-(pentanoylamino)propanoate Chemical compound CCCCC(=O)NC(C)(C)C(=O)OC IJEOGONFTQPQCT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VUQUOGPMUUJORT-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate Chemical compound COS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(C)C=C1 VUQUOGPMUUJORT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002900 methylcellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002816 methylsulfanyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S[*] 0.000 description 1
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011733 molybdenum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000476 molybdenum oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- NALMPLUMOWIVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n,4-trimethylbenzeneamine oxide Chemical compound CC1=CC=C([N+](C)(C)[O-])C=C1 NALMPLUMOWIVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZUHZZVMEUAUWHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dimethylpropan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCN(C)C ZUHZZVMEUAUWHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YRCWDKATYITJDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[[4-(2-cyanophenyl)phenyl]methyl]-1-(pentanoylamino)cyclopentane-1-carboxamide Chemical compound C=1C=C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C#N)C=CC=1CNC(=O)C1(NC(=O)CCCC)CCCC1 YRCWDKATYITJDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VBTQNRFWXBXZQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-bromoacetamide Chemical compound CC(=O)NBr VBTQNRFWXBXZQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QGLKJKCYBOYXKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonaoxidotritungsten Chemical compound O=[W]1(=O)O[W](=O)(=O)O[W](=O)(=O)O1 QGLKJKCYBOYXKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940099990 ogen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000005526 organic bromine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000004967 organic peroxy acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002905 orthoesters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- MUMZUERVLWJKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxoplatinum Chemical compound [Pt]=O MUMZUERVLWJKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910003445 palladium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000137 peptide hydrolase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- KHIWWQKSHDUIBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N periodic acid Chemical compound OI(=O)(=O)=O KHIWWQKSHDUIBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004965 peroxy acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000004968 peroxymonosulfuric acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003444 phase transfer catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- IPNPIHIZVLFAFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorus tribromide Chemical compound BrP(Br)Br IPNPIHIZVLFAFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FAIAAWCVCHQXDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorus trichloride Chemical compound ClP(Cl)Cl FAIAAWCVCHQXDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L phthalate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- SIOXPEMLGUPBBT-UHFFFAOYSA-M picolinate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=N1 SIOXPEMLGUPBBT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000000049 pigment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910003446 platinum oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- TZLVRPLSVNESQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium azide Chemical compound [K+].[N-]=[N+]=[N-] TZLVRPLSVNESQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XAEFZNCEHLXOMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium benzoate Chemical compound [K+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 XAEFZNCEHLXOMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940116317 potato starch Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- UBQKCCHYAOITMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridin-2-ol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=N1 UBQKCCHYAOITMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-O pyridinium Chemical compound C1=CC=[NH+]C=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 239000012429 reaction media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000009566 rice Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940100486 rice starch Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- RMAQACBXLXPBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicic acid Chemical compound O[Si](O)(O)O RMAQACBXLXPBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940100890 silver compound Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003379 silver compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910001961 silver nitrate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001923 silver oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000005245 sintering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000329 smooth muscle myocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010413 sodium alginate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000661 sodium alginate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005550 sodium alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ODZPKZBBUMBTMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium amide Chemical compound [NH2-].[Na+] ODZPKZBBUMBTMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011697 sodium iodate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000015281 sodium iodate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940032753 sodium iodate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010288 sodium nitrite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- MFRIHAYPQRLWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium tert-butoxide Chemical compound [Na+].CC(C)(C)[O-] MFRIHAYPQRLWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000007901 soft capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011877 solvent mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004793 sucrose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003459 sulfonic acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003460 sulfonic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003467 sulfuric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002511 suppository base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- NHGXDBSUJJNIRV-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetrabutylammonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC NHGXDBSUJJNIRV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000003536 tetrazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005979 thermal decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 1
- BRNULMACUQOKMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiomorpholine Chemical compound C1CSCCN1 BRNULMACUQOKMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000464 thioxo group Chemical group S=* 0.000 description 1
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000004408 titanium dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003623 transition metal compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910000314 transition metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940055764 triaz Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IMFACGCPASFAPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N tributylamine Chemical group CCCCN(CCCC)CCCC IMFACGCPASFAPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FVRKTAOFDKFAMI-UHFFFAOYSA-M tributylstannanylium;bromide Chemical compound [Br-].CCCC[Sn+](CCCC)CCCC FVRKTAOFDKFAMI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940078499 tricalcium phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019731 tricalcium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000391 tricalcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- KQPIFPBKXYBDGV-UHFFFAOYSA-M triethylstannanylium;bromide Chemical group CC[Sn](Br)(CC)CC KQPIFPBKXYBDGV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004418 trolamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910001930 tungsten oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000025033 vasoconstriction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005303 weighing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940100445 wheat starch Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011592 zinc chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000005074 zinc chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D233/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D233/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
- C07D233/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D233/22—Radicals substituted by oxygen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
- C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
- C07D403/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing aromatic rings
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/12—Antihypertensives
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D233/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D233/54—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D233/66—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D233/70—One oxygen atom
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D249/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D249/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
- C07D249/08—1,2,4-Triazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,4-triazoles
- C07D249/10—1,2,4-Triazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,4-triazoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D249/12—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Azacyclic compounds Abstract Azacyclic compounds of the formula
Description
2 ~ 7 ~ ~
AzacYclic compounds The invention relates to azacyclic compounds of the formula N -X
R,~
wherein X is the group of the formula -C~R3)R4-[C(Rs)R6]p-[C(R7)R8]q- (la) or the group of the formula -N(Rg)- (Ib), Rl is unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substitu~ed lower aL~yl, lower aL~enyl or lower aLIcynyl, it being possible for the substituents to be selected from the group consisting of hydroxy and halogen; cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, phenyl-lower aLlcyl, phenyl-lower alkenyl or phenyl-lower alkynyl, R2 is carboxy, IH-tetrazol-5-yl, SO3H~ PO2H2, PO3H2 or haloalkanesulfonylarnino, either R3, R4, Rs, R6, R7 and R8, independently of one another, are hydrogen, unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substituted lower aL~yl, lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl, it being possible for ~he substituents to be selected ~rom the group consisting of halogen, free or etherified hydroxy, free or esterified or amidated carboxy and unsubstituted or substituted amino; free or esterified or amidated carboxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, an aliphatic hydrocarbon radical in~errupted by O, or an aromatic radical, or one of the three pairs of variables R3/R4, R5/R6 and R7/R8 is a divalent alipha~ic hydrocarbon radical and the variables of the other two pairs, independently of one another, are as defined above, Rg is hydrogen or unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substituted lower alkyl, lower a11cenyl or lower alkynyl, it being possible for the substituents to be selected from the group consisting of free or etherified hydroxy and free or esterified or amidated carboxy, the indices p and q, independently of one another, are 0 or 1 and the rings A and B, independently of one another, are unsubstituted or substituted, in free form or in the form of salts, and, if appropriate, to the tautomers of those compounds, to the use of those compounds and tautomers, to a process for the preparation of those compounds and tautomers, and to pharmaceutical compositions comprising, in free form or in the forrn of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, such a compound I or a tautomer thereof.
The compounds I may in some cases be in the form of proton tautomers. If, for example, X is a group -NH-, corresp~nding compounds I comprising the grouping -NH-C(=O)- may be in equilibrium with the tautomeric hydroxy derivadves, that is to say with the corresponding compounds having a grouping of the formula -N=C(OH)-. Accordingly,hereinbefore and hereinafter, any reference to the compounds I should be understood as including the corresponding tautomers as appropriate and expedient.
The compounds I may be in the form of salts, especially pharmaceutically acceptable salts. If the compounds I have at least one basic centre, they can form acid addition salts.
The latter are formed, for example, with strong inorganic acids, such as mineral acids, for example sulfuric acid, a phosphoric acid or a hydrohalic acid, with strong organic carboxylic acids, such as unsubstituted or substituted, for example halo-swbstituted, Cl-C4alkanecarboxylic acids, for example acetic acid, saturated or unsaturated dicarboxylic acids, for example oxalic, malonic, succinic, maleic, fumaric, phthalic or terephthalic acid, hydroxycarboxylic acids, for example ascorbic, glycolic, lactic, malic, tartaric or citric acid, arnino aclds, for example aspartic or glutamic acid, or benzoic acid, or with organic sulfonic acids, such as unsubstituted or subs~ituted, for example halo-substituted, C1-C4alkanesulfonic or arylsulfonic acids, for example methanesulfonic or p-toluenesulfonic acid. Corresponding acid addition salts can also be formed with a basic centre that may additionally be present. In addition, compounds I having at least one acidic group (for example COOH or lH-tetra~ol-5-yl) can forrn salts with bases. Suitable salts with bases are, for example, metal salts, such as alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts, for example sodium, potassium or magnesium salts, or salts with ammonia or an organic amine, such as morpholine, thiomorpholine, piperidine, pyrrolidine, a mono-, di-or tri-lower alkylamine, for example ethyl-, tert-butyl-, diethyl-, diisopropyl-, triethyl-, tributyl- or dimethylpropyl-amine, or a mono-, di- or tri-hydroxy-lower alkylamine, for example mono-, di- or tri-ethanolamine. ~urtherrnore, corresponding internal salts can be formed. The invention relates also to salts not suitable for pharmaceutical uses, which can be used, for example, for isolating and/or purifying free compounds I or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
The rings A and B form a biphenylyl radical, corresponding 4-biphenylyl being preferred and the radical R2 preferably being located in a 2-position of ring B. The rings A and B, independently of one another, are unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substituted, for example di- or tri-substituted, it being possible for the substituents to be selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, ethelified hydroxy, amino, substituted amino, carboxy, esterified carboxy, amidated carboxy, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, an aliphatic hydrocarbon radical interrupted by 0, and trifluoromethyl.
Etherified hydroxy is lower alkoxy or lower alkenyloxy.
Esterified carboxy is carboxy esterified by an alcohol the alcoholic hydroxy function of which is bonded to lower aL~yl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl or lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl.
Amidated carboxy is carbarnoyl the amino group of which is unsubstitDted or mono- or di-substituted by identical or different substituents selected from lower aLkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl and phenyl-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl, or is disubstituted by lower alkylene or by lower alkyleneoxy-lower alkylene.
Substituted amino is amino ~hat is mono- or di-substituted by identical or dift`erent substituents selected from lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl and phenyl-lowcr alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl, or is disubstituted by lower alkylene or by lower alkyleneoxy-lower alkylene.
An aliphatic hydrocarbon radical interr~lpted by O is lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl or lower alkenyloxy-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl.
An aromatic radical is phenyl, naphthyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thienyl or pyridyl.
A divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon radical is lower alkylene or lower alkenylene.
The aromatic radicals listed above, like the phenyl radicals in phenyl-substituted groups, for exannple in phenyl-lower alkyl groups, are, independently of one another, unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substituted, for example di- or tri-substituted, it being possible for the substituents to be selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted amino, free or esterified or amidated carboxy, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl and trifluoromethyl.
2 ~ 9 The general terms used hereinbefore and hereinafter, unless otherwise def~lned, have the following meanings.
The term "lower" denotes that corresponding groups and compounds comprise up to and including 7, preferably up to and including 4, carbon atoms.
Lower aLkyl is Cl-C7alkyl, that is to say, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl or a corresponding pentyl, hexyl or heptyl radical.
C1-C4alkyl is preferred.
Lower alkenyl is C3-C7alkenyl and is, for example, propen-2-yl, allyl or but- 1-en-3-yl, but-1-en-4-yl, but-2-en-1-yl orbut-2-en-2-yl. C3-Csalkenyl is preferred.
Lower aLIcynyl is C3-C7alkynyl and is, for example, propargyl.
Lower alkylene is C2-C7alkylene, is straight-chained or branched, and is especially ethylene, prop-1,3-ylene, but- 1,4-ylenet pent- 1,5-ylene, prop- 1,2-ylene, 2-methylprop-1,3-ylene or 2,2-dimethylprop-1,3-ylene. C2-C5alkylene is preferred.
Lower alkenylene is C3-Csalkenylene and is, for example, but-2-en-1,4-ylene.
Cycloalkyl is C3-C7cycloalkyl, that is to say, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl or cycloheptyl. Cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl are preferred.
Cycloalkenyl is C3-C7cycloalkenyl and is, for example, cyclopent-2-enyl or -3-enyl or cyclohex-2-enyl or -3-enyl.
Phenyl-lower alkyl is phenyl-Cl-C4alkyl and is, for example, benzyl or 1- or 2-phenethyl, while phenyl-lower alkenyl and phenyl-lower alkynyl are phenyl-C3-Csalkenyl and -alkynyl, respectively, for example 3-phenylallyl or 3-phenylpropargyl.
Hydroxy-lower alkyl is hydroxy-C1-C4alkyl, such as hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl or 3-hydroxypropyl.
Lower alkoxy is Cl-C7alkoxy, that is to say, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, 2 ~
n-butoxy, isobutoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy or corresponding pentyloxy, hexyloxy or heptyloxy. Cl-C4alkoxy is preferred.
Lower alkenyloxy is C3-C7alkenyloxy and is, for example, allyloxy, but-2-en- l-yloxy or but-3-en-1-yloxy. C3-C5alkenyloxy is preferred.
Lower alkoxy-lower alkyl is C1-C4alkoxy-Cl-C4alkyl, such as 2-methoxyethyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, 2-(n-propoxy)ethyl or ethoxymethyl.
Lower allcoxy-lower alkenyl and -lower alkynyl are Cl-C4alkoxy-C3-Cs-aL~cenyl and -alkynyl, respectively.
Lower alkenyloxy-lower aLkyl is C3-Csalkenyloxy-CI-C4alkyl, such as 2-allyloxyethyl, and lower alkenyloxy-lower alkenyl and -lower alkynyl are C3-Csalkenyloxy-C3-C5-alkenyl and -alkynyl, respectively.
Lower alkyleneoxy-lower alkylene is C2-C,~alkyleneoxy-C2-C4alkylene, for exampleethyleneoxyethylene.
Halogen is especially halogen having an atomic nurnber of up to and including 35, that is to say, fluorine, chlorine or bromine, and also includes iodine.
Haloalkanesulfonylamino is halo-Cl-C7alkanesulfonylamino and is, for example, trifluoromethane-, difluoromethane-, 1,1,2-trifluo~oethane- or heptafluoropropane-sulfonylamino. Halo-Cl-C4alkanesulfonylamino is preferred.
Extensive pharmacological research has shown that the compounds I and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts have, for example, pronounced angiotensin II
antagonistic properties.
Angiotensin II is known to have pronounced vasocons~lictive properties and, moreover, to stimulate aldosterone secretion, thus causing marked sodiumlwater retention. The result of angiotensin Il activity manifests itself inter alia in an increase in blood pressure.
The importance of angiotensin II antagonists lies in the suppression, by competitive inhibition of the binding of angiotensin II to the receptors, of the effects of vaso-2(~
constriction and of stimulation of aldosterone secretion produced by angiotensin Il.
The angiotensin II antagonistic properties of the compounds I and their pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts can be detected in the angiutensin II binding test. In that test, smooth muscle cells from homogenised rat aorta are used. The solid centrifugate is suspended in 50 mM of tris buffer (pH 7.4) with the use of peptidase inhibitors. The samples are incubated for 60 minutes at 25C with l2sI-angiotensin II (0.175 nM) and a varying concentration of angiotensin II or of test compound. The incubation is then terminated by the addition of ice-cold-phosphate-buffered saline and the reaction mixture is filtered through Whatman GF/~ filters. The filters are counted using a gamma counter. The ICso values are determined from the dose/activity curve. I~so values of approximately 10 nM
and above are follnd for the compounds I and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
Tests on isolated rings of rabbit aorta can be used to determine angiotensin II induced vasoconstriction. For that purpose, rings of aorta are dissected from each thorax and are fixed between 2 parallel clips at an initial tension of 2 g. The rings are then immersed in 20 ml of a tissue bath al 37C and gassed with a mixture Of 95 % 2 and 5 % ~o2. The isometric reactions are measured. At 20-minute intervals the rings are stimulated alternately with 10 nM angiotensin I~ (~Iypertensin - CIBA) and S nM noradrenalin chloride. The rings are then incubaled with selected concentrations of the test compounds before being treated with the agonists. The data are analysed on a 33uxco digital computer.
The concentrations that effect 50 % inhibition of the initial control values are given as the ICso values. ICso values of approximately S nM and above are found for compounds I and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
The fact that the compounds I and their ph~umaceutically acceptable salts are able to reduce high blood pressure induced by angiotensin II can be verified in the test model of the normotensive anaesthetised rat. After calibration of the preparations using 0.9 % NaCI
tl mllkg i.v.~ and noradrenalin (1 llg/kg i.v.) or angiotensin II (0.3 !lgllcg i.v.), respectively, increasing doses (3-6) of the test compound are injected intravenously by means of bolus injection, whereupon after each dose angiotensin II or noradrenalin is administered at S-minute intervals. The blood pressure is measured directly at the carotid and recorded in an on-line data-recording system (Buxco). The specificity of Ihe angio-tensin II antagonism is indicated by the selective inhibition of the pressure caused by angiotensin II but not of that caused by noradrenalin. In this test model, the compounds I
and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts exhibit an inhibiting effect at a dose of 2 ~ 9 approximately 0.3 mg/kg i.v. and above.
The antihypertensive activity of the compounds I and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts can also be demonstrated in the test model of the renal hypertensive rat. High biood pressure is induced in male rats by cons~iction of a ren~l artery by the Goldblatt method.
Doses of the test compoun~ are administered to the rats using a stomach probe. Control animals receive an equivalent volume of solvent. Blood pressllre and heartbeat are measured indiIectly in conscious animals by the tail-clamping method of Gerold et al.
rHelv. Physiol. Acta 24 (1966~, 58] at intervals bot4 before adrninistration of the test compound or of the solvent and ~uring the collrse of the experiments. The pronounced antihypertensive effect can be detected at a dose o~ approximately 30 rng/kg p.o. and above.
The compounds I and their pharrnaceutically acceptable salts can accordingly be used, for example, as active ingredients in antihypertensive drugs which are used, for example, for the treatment of high blood pressure and of cardiac insuf~lciency. ~he invention thus relates also to the use of the compounds I and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts for the preparation of corresponding medicaments and i~or the therapeutic ~reatment of high blood pressure and of cardiac insufficiency. The preparation of the medicaments includes the commercial preparation of the active ingredients.
The invention relates especially to a compound of formula I wherein X is the group Ia or the group Ib, Rl is unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substituted lower alkyl, lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl, it being possible for the substituents to be selected from the ~roup consisting of hydroxy and halogen; cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, phenyl-lower alkyl, phenyl-lower alkenyl or phenyl-lower alkynyl, R2 is carboxy, lH-tetrazol-5-yl, SO3H, PO2H2, PO3H2 or haloalkanesulfonylamino, either R3, R4, Rs, R6, R7 and R8, independently of one another, are hydrogen, unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substituted lower alkyl, lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl, it being possible for the substituents to be selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, lower alkenyloxy, carboxy, carboxy esterified by an alcohol the alcoholic hydroxy filnction of which is bonded to lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl or to lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl; carbamoyl the amino group of which is unsubstituted or mono- or di-substituted by identical or different substituents selected from lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl and phenyl-lower a}kyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl, or is di-substituted by lower alkylene or by lower s~ ~ ~
alkyleneoxy-lower alkylene; amino and amino that is mono- or di-substituted by identical or different substituents selected from lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl and phenyl-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl, or is disubstituted by lower alkylene or by lower alkyleneoxy-lower alkylene; or are carboxy, carboxy esterified by an alcohol the alcoholic hydroxy function of which is bonded to lower alkyl, lower alkenylt lower alkynyl or to lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl; carbamoyl the arnino group of which is unsubstituted or mono- or di-substituted by identical or different substituents selected from lower a~kyl, lower alkenyl, lower a)~cynyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl, lower all~xy-lower alkyl and phenyl-lower alkyl, -lower allcenyl or -lower alkynyl, or is di-substituted by lower alkylene or by lower alkyleneoxy-lower alkylene; cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl, lower alkenyloxy-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl, phenyl, naphthyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, kiazolyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thienyl or pyridyl, or one of the three pairs of variables R3/R4, R5/~6 and R7/R~ is lower alkylene or lower alkenylene, and the variables of the other two pairs, independently of one another, are as defined immediately above, Rg is hydrogen or unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substitllted lower alkyl, lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl, it being possible for the substituents to be selec~ed from the group consisting of lower alkoxy, lower alkenyloxy, carboxy, carboxy esterified by an alcohol the alcoholic hydroxy function of wh;ch is bonde~l to lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl or to lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl, and carbamoyl the amino group of which is unsubstituted or mono- or di-substituted by identical or different substituents selected from lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl and phenyl-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl, or is disubstituted by lower alkylene or by lower alkyleneoxy-lower alkylene, the indices p and q, independently of one another, are O or 1, and the rings A and B, independently of one another, are unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substituted, it being possible for the substituents to be selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, lower alkenyloxy, amino, amino mono- or di-substituted by identical o:r different substituents selected from lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl and phenyl-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl, or disubstituted by lower alkylene or by lower alkyleneoxy-lower alkylene; carboxy, carboxy esterified by an alcohol the alcoholic hydroxy function of which is bonded to lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl or to lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl; carbamoyl the amino group of which is unsubstituted or mono- or di-substituted by identical or different substituents selected from lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl and phenyl-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl, or is f~ r~
g disubstituted by lower alkylene or by ~ower alkyleneoxy-lower aLlcylene; and lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower a~coxy-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl and -lower alkynyl, lower alkenyloxy-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl and -lower alkynyl and trifluoromethyl, or, if appropriate, a tautomer thereof, in each case in free form or in the form of a salt.
The invention relates especially to a compound of forrnula I wherein X is the group Ia or the group Ib, R~ is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, cycloalkyl or phenyl-lower alkyl, R2 is carboxy, IH-tetrazol-S-yl, S03H, PO2~2, PO3H2 or haloaikanesulfonylaminor either R3, R4, Rs, R6, R7 and R8, independently of one another, are hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, carboxy, carboxy esterified ~y an alcohol the aIcoholic hydroxy function of which is bonded to lower alkyl; carbamoyl the amino group of which is unsubstituted or mono- or di-substitllted by identical or different lower alkyl substituents; cycloalkyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imida~olyl, triaz~lyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thienyl or pyridyl, or one of the three pairs of variables R3/R4, Rs/R6 and R7/R8 is lower alkylene or lower alkenylene and the variables of the other two pairs, independently of one another, are as defined immediately above, R9 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl, either the indices p and q are 0 or one of the indices p and q is 0 and the other of the indices p and q is 1, the rings A and B, independently of one another, are unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substituted, it being possible for the substituents to be selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, amino, amino mono- or di-substituted by identical or differen~ substituents selected from lower alkyl and phenyl-lower alkyl, carboxy, carboxy esterif;ed by an alcohol the alcoholic hydroxy function of which is bonded to lower alkyl; carbamoyl the amino group of which is unsubs~ituted or mono- or di-substituted by identical or different substituents selected from lower alkyl and phenyl-lower alkyl, or is disubstituted by lower alkylene or by lower alkyleneoxy-lower alkylene; and lower alkyl and trifluoromethyl, and the ring B is bonded in the 4-position of the ring A and R2 is bonded in a 2-position of the ring B, or, if appropriate, a tautomer thereof, in each case in free form or in the form of a salt.
The invention relates more especially to a compound of formula I wherein X is the group Ia or the group Ib, Rl is Cl-C4alkyl, such as n-propyl or n-butyl, R2 is carboxy or lH-tetrazol-S-yl, either R3, R4, Rs, R6, R7 and R8, independently of one another, are hydrogen or Cl-C4alkyl, such as methyl or ethyl, _ one of the three pairs of variables R3/R4, Rs/R6 and R7/R8 is C2-Csalkylene, such as but-1,4-ylene or pent-l,S-ylene, and the - lo -variables of the other two pairs, independently of one another, are as defined immediately above, R9 is hydrogen or Cl-C4alkyl, such as methyl, either the indices p and q are O or one of the indices p and q is O and the other of the indices p and ~ is 1, the rings A and B
are unsubstituted and the ring B is bonded in the 4-position of the ring A and R2 is bonded in a 2-position of the ring B, or, if appropriate, a tautomer thereof, in each case in free form or in the form of a salt.
The invention relates very especially to a compound of formula I wherein X is ~he group Ia or ~he group Ib, ~1 is Cl-C4alkyl, such as n-propyl or n-butyl. R2 is lH-tetrazol-S-yl, either R3, R4, Rs~ R6, R7 and Rg, independently of one another, ~re hydrogen or Cl-C4alkyl, such as methyl or ethyl, or one of the three pairs of variables R3/R4, R5/R6 and R7/R8 is C2-C5alky}ene, such as but- I ,4-ylene or pent- 1 ,5-ylene, and the variables of the other two pairs are hydrogen, Rg is hydrogen, either the indices p and q are O or one of the indices p and q is O and the other of the indices p and q is 1, the rings A and B are unsubstituted and the ring B is bonded in the 4-position of the ring A and R2 is bonded in a 2-position of the ring B, or, if appropriate, a tautomer thereof, in each case in free form or in the form of a salt.
The invention relates especially to a compound of formula I wherein X is the group Ia, Rl is Cl-C4alkyl, such as n-propyl or n-butyl, R2 is lH-te~razol-S-yl, either R3, R4, R5, R6, R7 and R8, independently of one another, are hydrogen or Cl-C4alkyl, such as methyl or ethyl, or one of the three pairs of variables R3/R4t R5/R6 and R7/R8 is C2-Csalkylene, such as but-1,4-ylene or pent-1,5-ylene and the variables of the other two pairs are hydrogen, either the indices p and q are O or one of the indices p and q is O and the other of the indices p and q is 1, the rings A and B are unsubstituted and the ring B is bonded in the 4-position of the ring A and R2 is bonded in a 2-position of the rin~g B, in ~ree form or in the form of a salt.
The invention relates most especially to a compound of forrnula I wherein X is the group Ia, Rl is Cl-C4alkyl, such as n-propyl or n-butyl, R2 is lH-tetrazol-S-yl, R3, R4, Rs, R6, R7 and R~, independently of one another, are hydrogen or Cl-C4alkyl, s~lch as methyl or ethyl, either the indices p and q are O or one of the indices p and q is O and the other of the indices p and q is 1, the rings A and B are unsubstituted and the ring B is bonded in the 4-position of the ring A and R2 is bonded in a 2-position of the ring B, in free form or in the form of a salt.
The invention relates specifically to the novel compounds of formula I mentioned in the Examples and, if appropriate, to tautomers thereof, in each case in free form or in the form of a salt.
The invention relates further to a process for the preparation of ~he compounds I and of their salts, which comprises, for example, a) in a compound of the formula N-X
RlA~N~O
)t Z
wherein Zl is a radical Ihat can be converted into R2, or in a salt thereo~, converting Z
into R2, or b) cyclising a compound of the formula HN -X
HN~3 (m), or a salt thereof, or c) reacting a compound of the formula HN~O ,~
~ (I~/), or a salt thereof, with a compound of the forrnula c~ 7 ~ ~
R,-C(Z2)(Z3)Z4 (V), wherein either Z2 and Z3 together are unmodified Qr functionL~ly modified oxo and Z4 iS a nucleofugal leaving group, or Z2~ Z3 and Z4, in~ependently of one another, are anucleofug~ leaving group, and in each case, if desired, converting a compound I
obtainable in accordance with the process or in another manner, or a tautomer thereof, in each case in free form or in the form of a salt, into a different compound I or a tautomer thereof, separating a mixture of isomers obtainable in accordance with the process and isolating the desired isomer and/or converting a free compound I obtainable in accordance with the pro~ess, or a tautomer thereof~ into a salt, or converting a salt of a compound I
obtainable in accordance with the process, or of a tautomer thereof, into the free compound I or a tautomer thereof or into a different salt.
Salts of starting materials having at least one basic centre are corresponding acid addit}on salts, while salts of starting materials having at least one acidic group are salts with bascs, in each case as described hereinbefore in connection with corresponding sal~s ofcompounds I.
The reactions described hereinbefore and hereinafter in the Varia~ts are carricd out in a manner known per se, for example in the absence or, customarily, in the presence of a suitable solvent or diluent or of a mixture theieof, and, as required, with cooling, at room temperature or with heating, for example in a temperature ranoe of from approximately -80C to the boiling temperature of the reaction medium, preferably from approximately -10 to approximately +200C, and, if necessary, in a closed vessel, under pressure, in an inert gas atmosphere and/or under anhydrous conditions. Delails of suitable reaction conditions are also to be found especially in the Examples.
Variant a):
Radicals Z1 that can be converted into the variable R2 are, for example, cyano, mercapto, halogen, the group -N2+ A-, wherein ~~ is an anion derived from an acid, amino, functional derivatives of COOH, SO3H, PO3H2 and PO2H2, and protected IH-tetrazol-5-yl.
Radicals Zl that can be converted into lH-tetrazol-5-yl R2 are, for example, cyano and protected I~I-tetrazol-5-yl.
$`~
For the preparation of compounds I wherein R2 is ~H-tetrazol-5-yl, there is used as starting material, for example, starting material Il wherein Zl is cyano, which is reacted, for example in an inert solvent, such as an aromatic or araliphatic hydrocarbon, for example in toluene or in a xylene, preferably while heating, with an azide, for example wlth HN3 or, especially, a salt, such as an alkali metal salt, thereof, or with an organotin azide, such as tri-lower alkyltin azide or triaryltin azide. Preferred azides are, for example, sodium and potassium azide and tri-CI-C4alkyltin azide, for example trimethyl- or tributyl-tin azide, and triphenyltin azide.
Suitable protecting groups of protected lH-tetrazol-S-yl are the protecting groups customarily used in tetrazole chemistry, especially triphenylmethyl, unsubstituted or substituted, for example nitro-substituted, benzyl, such as 4-nitrobenzyl, lower alkoxy-methyl, such as methoxymethyl or ethoxymethyl, lower alkylthiomethyl, such as methyl-thiomethyl, and 2-cyanoethyl, also lower alkoxy-lower alkoxymethyl, such as 2-methoxy-ethoxymethyl, benzyloxymethyl and phenacyl. The removal of the protecting groups is effected in accordance with known methods. For example, triphenylmethyl is customarily removed by means of hydrolysis, especially in the presence of an acid, for example in the presence of hydrogen halide, advantageously in an inert solvent, such as a haloalkane or an ether, for example in dichlorornethane or dioxane, and with heating, or by hydrogenolysis in the presence of a hydrogenation catalyst, 4-nitrobenzyl is removed, for example, by hydrogenolysis in the presence of a hydrogenation catalyst, methoxymethyl or ethoxymethyl is removed, for example, by treatment with a tri-lower alkyltin bromide, such as triethyl- or tributyl-tin bromide, methylthiomethyl is removed, for example, by treatment with trifluoroacetic acid, 2-cyanoethyl is removed, for example, by hydrolysis, for example with sodium hydroxide solution, 2-methoxyethoxyrnethyl is removed, for example, by hydrolysis, for example with hydrochloric acid, and benzyloxymethyl and phenacyl are removed, for example, by hydrogenolysis in the presence of a hydrogenation catalyst.
A radical Zl that can be converted into S03H R2 is, for example, the mercapto group.
Starting compounds II having such a group are oxidised, for example, by oxidising methods known per se to form compounds I wherein R2 is S03H. Examples of suitable oxidising agents are inorganic peracids, such as peracids of mineral acids, for example periodic acid or persulfuric acid, organic peracids, such as percarboxylic or persulfonic acids, for example performic, peracetic, trifJuoroperacetic or perbenzoic acid or p-toluenepersulfonic acid, or mixtures of hydrogen peroxide and acids, for example mixtures of hydrogen peroxide and acetic acid. The oxidation is frequently carried out in the presence of suitable catalysts, there being mentioned as catalysts suitable acids, such as unsubstituted or substituted carboxylic acids, for example acetic acid or trifluoroacetic acid, or transition metal oxides, such as oxides of elements of subgroup Vl, for example molybdenum or tungsten oxide. The oxidation is carried out under mild conditions, for example at temperatures of from approximately -50 to approximately +100C.
A group that can be con~erted into PO3H2 R2 is to be understood as being, for example, a group -N2~ A-, A- being an anion of an acid, such as a mineral acid. Corresponding diazonium compounds are, ~or example, reacted in a manner known ~ se wilh a phosphorus(III) halide, such as PCl3 or PBr3, and worked up by hydrolysis, compounds I
wherein R2 is PO3H2 belng obtainable.
Compounds I wherein R2 is PO2H2 are obtained, for example, by converting Zl in acompound II wherein Z1 is a functional derivative of PO2H2 into PO2H2 in a customary manner.
A suitable radical Zl that can be converted irlto haloalkanesulfonylamino R2 is, for example, amino. For the preparation of compounds I wherein R2 is haloalkancsulfonyl-amino, for example corresponding anilines are reacted with a haloalkanesulfonic acid that has been reactively esterified in customary manner, the reaction being carried out, if desired, in the presence of a base. The preferred reactively esterified haloalkanesulfonic acid is the corresponding halide, such as the chloride or bromide.
A radical Zl that can be converted into COOH R2 is, for example, functionally modi~ied carboxy, such as cyano, esterified or amidated carboxy, hydroxymethyl or formyl.
Esterified carboxy is, for example, carboxy esterified by an unsubstituted or substituted aliphatic, cycloaliphatic or aromatic alcohol. An aliphatic alcohol is, for example, a lower alkanol, such as methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, sec-butanol or tert-butanol, while a suitable cycloaliphatic alcohol is, for example, a 3- to 8-membered cycloalkanol, such as cyclo-pentanol, -hexanol or -heptanol. An aromatic alcohol is, for example, a phenol or a heterocyclic alcohol, each of which may be substituted, especially hydroxypyridine, for example 2-, 3- or 4-hydroxypyridine.
Amidated carboxy is, for example, carbamoyl, or carbamoyl that is monosubstituted by 2 ~
hydroxy, amino or by unsubstituted or substituted phenyl, mono- or di-substituted by lower aLkya, or disubstituted by 4- to 7-membered alkylene or by 3-aza-, 3-lower alkylaza-, 3-oxa- or 3-thia-aLkylene, Examples that may be mentioned are carbamoyl, N-mono- or N,N-di-lower alkylcarbamoyl, such as N-methyl-, N-ethyl-, N,N-dimethyl-, N,N-diethyl-and N,N-dipropyl-carbamoyl, pyrrolidino- and piperidino-carbonyl, morpholino-, piperazino-, 4-methylpiperazino- and thiomorpholino-carbonyl, anilinocarbonyl and anilin~carbonyl substituted by lower alkyl, lower alkoxy andlor by h~ogen.
Prefer~ed functionally modirled carboxy is lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as methoxy- or ethoxy-carbonyl, and cyano.
Compounds I wherein R2 is carboxy can be prepared, for example, starting from compounds II wherein Zl is cyano or esterified or amidated carboxy, by means of hydrolysis, especially in the presence of a base, or, starting from compounds II wherein Z
is hydroxymethyl or formyl, by means of oxidation Tlle oxidation is carried out, for example, in an inert solvent, such as a lower alkanecarboxylic acid, for example acetic acid, a ketone, for example acetone, an ether, for example tetrahydrofuran, a hetcrocyclic aromatic compound, for example pyridine, or in water, or in a mixture thereof, if necessary while cooling or heating) for example in a temperature range of from approximately 0 to approximately +150C. Examples of suitable oxidising a~ents are oxidising transition metal compounds, especially those having elements of subgroup 1, VI
or VII. Examples that may be mentioned are: silver compounds, such as silver nitrate, oxide and picolinate, chromium compounds, such as chromium trioxide and potassium dichromate, and manganese compounds, such as potassium, tetrabutylammonium permanganate and benzyltriethylammonium permanganate. Further examples of oxidising agents are suitable compounds having elements of main group IV, such as lead dioxide, or halo-oxygen compounds, such as sodium iodate or potassium periodate.
The starting material II can be obtained by analogy with known methods, for example by reacting an acid of the forrnula H2N-X-COOH (IIa) or an ester of the formula ~2N-X-COOE (IIa'; -COOE = an ester group, for example lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as methoxy- or ethoxy-carbonyl) in the presence of a base with a compound of the formula Rl-C(=O)-Z5 (IIb; Zs = a nucleofugal leaving group, for example halogen, such aschlorine), if desired hydrolysing the ester group -COOE in the reaction product, reacting the resulting acid of the formula Rl-C(=O)-NH-X-COOH (Ilc), if desired after conversion into a reactive acid derivative, for example after reaction with N-hydroxysuccinimide, in 2~7~
the presence of a water binding agent, such as a carbodiimi(le, for example in the presence of N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, advantageously in an inert solvent, for example in an N,N-di-lower alkyl-lower aLkanoic acid amide, such as in N,N-dimethylformamide, with a compound of the formula ~ (lld) to form a compound of the formula HN -X
~HN~ (llc) which is then cyclised, for cxample in the presence of an acid, such as an organic sulfonic acid, for example in the presence of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and if desired while heating, to form a compound II.
In accordance with a preferred embodiment of Variant a) it is possible, without isolating the compounds II, to obtain compounds I wherein R2 is lH-tetrazol-S-yl direc~ly from compounds IIe wherein Zl is cyano by reacting corresponding compounds IIe, for example in an inert solvent, such as an aromatic or araliphatic hydrocarbon, for example in toluene or a xylenej preferably while heating, with an azide, for example with HN3 or, especially, a salt, such as an alkali metal salt, thereof, or with an organotin azide, such as tri-lower alkyl- or triaryl-tin azide. The azides mentioned above are preferred.
The starting material Il is also obtainable by reacting a cornpound V with a compound IId, for example in an inert solvent, such as an aromatic or araliphatic hydrocarbon, for example in toluene or a xylene, and preferably while heating, and reacting the resulting compound of the formula ~J ~ ~3 R,--~N~ (llf) with a compound IIa', for example in an inert solvent, such as an aromatic or araliphatic hydrocarbon, for exarnple in toluene or a xylene, and preferably while heating and if desired in the presence of a basic agent, such as in the presence of pyridine or triethylamine .
Furthermore, the starting rnaterial II is also obtainable by reacting a compound V with a compound IIa', for exarnple in an inert solvent, such as toluene or a xylene, and if desired in the presence of a basic agent, such as in the presence of pyridine or triethylamine, reacting the resulting compound of the formula N -X
R~ F (Iln) with a compound Ild, for example in an inert solvent, such as ~oluene or a xylene, and if desired in the presence of a basic agent, such as in the presence of pyridine or triethyl-arnine, to form a compound of the formula lIm N-X O
RlA~NH
~3 (IIm~
Zl which is then cyclised to fonn a compound lI, for example in an inert solvent, such as an aromatic or araliphatic hydroc~ bon, for exarnple in toluene or a xylene, and preferably while heating.
Finally, the starting material II is also obtainable hy reac~ing a compound of the formula 2 ~
N-X
R1~N~O (IIh) H
with a compound of the formula ~ (Ili), wherein Z6is a nucleofugal leaving group, for exarnple halogen, such as chlorine or bromine, for example in an inert solvent, such as an N,N-di-lower alkyl-lower alkanoic acid amide, for example in N,N-dimethylformamide, and preferably in the presence of a basic agent, such as an alkali metal hydride, for example in the presence of sodium or polassium hydride.
A compound Ilh is obtained, for example, by reacting a compound of the formula H2N-X-C(=O)-NH2 (lIg) with a compound V, for example in an inert solvent, such as toluene o~ a xylene, and preferably while heating, and if desired in the presence of a basic agent, such as in the presence of pyridine or triethylamine, or by reacting a compound of the formula R~-C(=NH)-Z~ (IIj; Z7= a nucleofugal leaving group, preferably loweralkoxy, such as methoxy or ethoxy) with a compound IIa', for example in an inert solvent, such as an aromatic or araliphatic hydrocarbon, for example in toluene or a xylene, and preferably while heating, and if desired in the presence of a basic agent, such as in the presence of pyridine or triethylamine, or by reacting a compound of the formula Rl-C(=NH)-NH2 (IIk) with a compound IIa' or, for the preparation of compounds IIh wherein X is a group of the formula -C(R3)R4-CH(R5)- (Ia'), with a compound of the forrnula (R3)R4C=C(Rs)-C(=O)-OE (IIo; -COOE = an ester group, for example lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as methoxy- or ethoxy-carbonyl), if desired in an inert solvent, such as toluen~ or a xylene, and if desired while heating.
Variant b):
The cyclisation is effected in a manner known per se, for example in an inert solvent, such as an aromatic or araliphatic hydrocarbon, for example in toluene or a xylene, preferably while heating, and if desired in the presence of a basic agent, such as in the presence of pyridine or triethylamine, or of an acidic agent, for example in the presence of an acid, 2 ~
such as a mincral acid or an organic carboxylic or sulfonic acid, for example in the presence of a hydrohalic acid, such as hydrochloric acid, or of acetic acid or p-toluene-sulfonic acid.
The st~ting material III can be prepared in a manner known per se, for example by reacting an acid of the formula R1-C(=O~-NH-X-COOH ~IIc), if desired after conversion into a reactive acid derivadve, for example after reaction with N-hydroxysuccinimide, in the presence of a water~binding agent, such as a carbodiimide, for example in the presence of N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, advantageously in an iner~ solYent, for example in an N,N-di-lower alkyl-lower alkanoic acid amide, such as N,N-dimethylformamide, with a compound of the formula ~ (111~), it being possible for compounds Ilc to be oblained, for example, as described in Var~ant a).
Variant c):
Unmodified or functionally modified oxo (Z2 and Z3 together) is, for example, oxa, thioxo or unsubstituted or substituted imino, such as imino, N-lower alkylimino, N-benzoylimino or N-lower alkanesulfonylimino.
A nucleofugal leaving group Z2 or Z3 or Z4 iS, for example, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, such as methoxy or ethoxy, lower al~ylthio, such as methylthio, unsubstituted or substituted amino, such as amino, N-lower alkylamino or N,N-di-lower alkylamino, or sulfonyloxy, such as unsubstituted or halogenated lower alkanesul~onyloxy or unsubstituted orsubstituted benzenesulfonyloxy, such as methane-, ethane-, trifluoromethane-, benzene- or p-toluene-sulfonyloxy. Preferred are compounds V wherein Z2~ Z3 and Z4 are loweralkoxy, such as methoxy or ethoxy, that is to say, Rl-substituted orthoesters.
The reaction of a compound IV with a compound ~ is effccted by analogy with known methods under the cwstomary reaction conditions, for example in an inert solvent, such as an aromatic or araliphatic hydrocarbon, for example in toluene or a xylene, at room temperature or while heating and if desired in the presence of an acidic agent, for example in the presence of an acid, such as a mineral acid or an organic carboxylic acid or sulfonic 2 ~ 9 acid, for example in the presence of a hydrohalic acid, such as hydrochloric acid, or of acetic acid or p-toluenesulfonic acid.
The starting material IV can be obtained in a manner known ~r _, for example by reacting an acid of the formula H2N-X-C(=O)-OH (IIa), if desired after conversion into a reactive acid derivative, ~or example after reaction with N hydroxysuccinimide, in the presence of a water-binding agent, such as a carbodiimide, for example in the presence of N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, advantageously in an inert solvent, for example in an N,N-di-lower alkyl-lower alkanoic acid amide, such as N,N-dimethylformarnide, with a compound of the formula N~ ~ (llla~.
The starting material V is known or can be prepared by analogy with known methods.
A compound I obtainable in accordance with the process or in another manner or atautomer thereof can be converted in a manner known per se into a different compound I
or a tautomer thereof.
~or example, a compound I having a hydroxy group can be etherified by methods known per se. The etherification can be carried out, for example, with an alcohol, such as a lower aL~anol, or a reactive ester thereo Examples of suitable reactive esters of the desired alcohols are those with shong inorganic or organic acids, such as corIesponding halides, sulfates, lower alkanesulfonates or unsubstituted or substituted benzenesulfonates, for example chlorides, bromides, iodides or methane-, benzene- or p-toluene-sulfonates. The etherification can be carried out, for example, in the presence of a base, for example an alkali metal hydride, hydroxide or carbonate, or of a basic amine. Conversely, corresponding ethers, such as lower alkoxy compounds, can be cleaved, for example, by means of strong acids, such as mineral acids, for example hydrobromic or hydriodic acid, which may advantageously be in the form of pyridinium halides, or by means of l,ewis acids, for example halides of elements of main group III or the corresponding subgroups.
These reactions can, if necessary, be carried out while cooling or heating, for example in a temperature range of from approximately -20 to approxima~ely ~100C, in the presence or absence of a solvent or diluent, under an inert gas andlor under pressure and if desired in a closed vessel.
3 ~ ~ ~
If one o~ the variables comprises amino, corresponding compounds I can be N-~ar~alkylated in a manner Icnown per se; carbamoyl or carbamoyl-containing radicals can likewise be N-~ar)alkylated. The ~ar)alkylation is carried out, for example, using an (aryl-)CI-C7alkyl halide, for example bromide or iodide, an (aryl-)Cl-C7alkanesulfonate, for example methanesulfonate or p-toluenesulfonate, or a di-CI-C7alkylsulfate, for example dimethylsulfate, pxeferably under basic condi~ions, such as in the presence of sodium hydroxide solution or potassium hydroxide solution, and advantageously in the presence of a phase-transfer catalyst, such as tetrabu~ylammonivm brl~mide or benzyltrimethylammonium chloride, althollgh more strongly basic condensation agents, such as alkali metal amides, hydrides or alcoholates, for example sodium amide, sodium hydride or sodium ethanolate, may be necessary.
In compounds I having as subs~ituent an esterified or amidated carboxy group, such a group can be converted into a free carboxy group, for example by means of hydrolysis, for example in the presence of a basic agent or an acidic agent, such as a rnineral acid.
Furthermore, in compounds I having as substituent a carboxy group (especially in the case where R2 is other than carboxy), that groap can be converted into an esterified carboxy group, for example by treatment with an alcohol, such as a lower alkanol, in the presence of a suitable esterifying agent, sach as an acidic reagent, for example an inorganic or organic acid or a Lewis acid, for example zinc chloride, or of a water-binding condensation agent, for example a carbodiimide, such as N,N1-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, or by treatment with a dia~o reagent, such as a diazo-lower alkane, for example diazomethane. The esterified carboxy group can also be obtained by treating compounds I
wherein the carboxy group is in free form or in the form of a salt, such as an ammonium or metal salt, for example an alkali rnetal salt, such as a sodium or potassium salt, with a Cl-C7alkyl halide, for example methyl or ethyl bromide or iodide, or an organic sulfonic acid ester, such as a corresponding Cl-C7alkyl ester, for example methanesulfonic acid or p-toluenesulfonic acid methyl ester or ethyl ester.
Compol~nds I having as substituent an esterified carboxy groap can be converted into other ester compounds I by means of transesteriQcation, for example by treatment with an alcohol, customarily with an alcohol that is higher than the alcohol corresponding to the esterified carboxy group in the starting material, in the presence of a suitable transester-if ying agent, such as a basic agent, for example an alkali metal Cl-C7alkanoate, an alkali 7 ~i ~
metal Cl-C7alkanolate or an alkali metal cyanide, such as sodium acetate, sodium methan-olate, sodium ethanolate, sodium tert-butanolate or sodium cyanide, or of'a suitable acidic agent, if desired with the removal of the resulling alcohol, for example by means of distillation. It is also possible to use as starting material corresponding, so-called activated esters I having as substituent an activated esterified carboxy group (see below) and to convert the latter into a different ester by treatment with a Cl-C7alkanol.
In compounds I having a carboxy group as substituent, it is also possible first to convert that group into a reactive derivative~ such as an anhy~ride (including a mixed anhydride), an acid halide, for example an acid chloride (for example by treatment with a thionyl halide, for example thionyl chloride,~, an anhydride with a formic acid ester, for example a formic acid Cl-C7alkyl ester (for example by treatment of a salt, such as an ammonium salt or an alkali metal salt, with a haloformic, such as chloroformic, acid ester, such as Cl-C7alkyl ester), or an activated ester, such as cyanornethyl ester, ni~rophenyl ester, for example 4-nitrophenyl ester, or a polyhalophenyl ester, for example pentachlorophenyl ester (for example by treatment with a corresponding hydroxy compound in the presellce of a suitable condensation agent, such as N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide) and then to react such a reactive derivative with an amine to obtain amide compounds I having an amidated carboxy group as sllbstituent. The amide compounds I can be obtained directly or by way of intermediate compounds; thus it is possible first to react, for example, an activated ester, such as a 4-nitrophenyl ester, of a compound I havinp, a carboxy group with a l-unsubstituted imidazole and to react the resulting 1-imidazolylcarbonylcompound with an amine. It is, however, also possible to react other, non-activated esters, such as Cl-C7alkyl esters, of compounds I with amines.
If an aromatic ring has as substituent a hydrogen atom, the latter can be replaced by a halogen atom in customary manner using a halogenating agent, for example by bromine using bromine, hypobromic acid, an acyl hypobromite or another organic bromine compound, for example N-bromosuccinimide, N-bromoacetamide, N-bromoph~halimide, pyridinium perbromide, dioxane dibromide, 1,3-dibromo-5,5-dimethylhydantoin or 2,4,4,6-tetrabromo-2,5-cyclohexanedien-l-one, or by chlorine llsing elemental chloline, for example in a halogenated hydrocarbon, SUCll as chloroform, an(i while cooling, for example to approximately -10C.
If an aromatic ring comprises an amino group, the amino group can be diazotiscd in customary manner, for example by treatment with a nitrite, for example sodium nitrite, in 2~7~ -the presence of a suitable protonic acid, for example a mineral acid, the reac~ion temperature advantageously being maintained at below approximately 5C. The diazonium group so obtainable, which is in salt forrn, can be substituted in accordance with c~lstomary methods, for example as follows: by the hydroxy group by analogy with the boiling down of phenol in the presence of water; by an alkoxy group by treatment with a corresponding alcohol, the supply of energy being required; by the fluorine atom by analogy with the Schiemann reaction in the thermal decomposition of corresponding diazonium tetrafluoroborates; or by chlorine, bromine, iodine or the cyano group by analogy with the Sandmeyer reaction by reaction wi~h corresponding Cu~I) salts, first o~
all with cooling, for example to below approximately 5C, and then with heating, for example to from approximately 60 to approximately 150C.
If the compounds I comprise unsaturated radicals, such as lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl groupings, those groupings can be converted in a manner known per se into saturated radicals. For example the hydrogenation of multiple bonds is effected by catalytic hydrogenation in the presence of hydrogenation catalyst~s, there being suitable for the purpose, for example, nickels, such as Raney nickel, and nohle metals and their derivatives, t`or example oxides, such as palladium or platinum oxide, which may, if desired, have been applied to carrier materials, for example to carbon or calcium carbonate. The hydrogenation is preferably carried out at pressures of from approximately 1 to approximately 100 atm and at temperatures of from approximately -80 to approximately +200C, especially from room temperature to approximately lûOC. The reaction is advantageously carried out in a solvent, such as water, a lower alkanol, for example ethanol, isopropanol or n-butanol, an ether, for example dioxane, or a lower alkanecarboxylic acid, for example acetic acid.
The invention relates especially to the processes described in the Examples.
Salts of compounds I can be prepared in a manner known per se. For example acid addition salts of compounds I are obtained by treatment with a suitable acid or a suitable ion-exchange reagent. Salts of compounds I can be converted into the free compounds I in customary manner, acid addition salts for example by treatment with a suitable basic agent or a suitable ion-exchange reagent.
Salts of compounds I can be converted into other salts of compounds I in a manner known per se.
Depending upon the procedure and the reaction conditions, compounds I having salt-forming, especia'ly basic, properties, can be obtained in free form or in the form of salts.
In view of the close relationship between the compounds I in free forrn and in the form of their salts, hereinbefore and hereinafter any reference to the free compounds I or their salts should be understood as including the corresponding salts or free compounds 1, respectively, as appropriate and expedient.
The compounds I, including the salts of salt-forming compounds, may also be obtained in the form of their hydrates and/or may include other solvents, for example solvents used for crystallisation .
Dependin~ upon ~he starting materials and procedures chosen, the compounds I and their salts may be in the form of one of the possible isomers or in the form of a mixturc thereof, for example, depending on the number and the absolute and relative contïguration of the asymmetric carbon atoms, in the forrn of pure isomers, such as antipodes and/or diastereo-isomers, or in the form of mixtures of isomers, such as mixtures of enantiomers, for example racemates, mixtures of diastereoisomers or mixtures of racemates.
Mixtures of diastereoisomers and mixtures of racemates that are obtained can be separated in known manner into the pure diastereoisomers or racemates on the basis of the physicochemical differences between the constituents, for example by fractional crystall-isation. Mixtures of enantiomers that are obtained, such as racemates, can be separated in accordance with known methods into the optical antipodes, for example by recrystallisation from an optically active solvent, chromatography on chiral adsorbents, with the aid of suitable microorganisms, by cleavage with specific immobilised enzymes, by the formation of inclusion compounds, for example using chiral crown ethers, only one enantiomer being complexed, or by conversion into diastereoisomeric salts, for example by reaction of a basic end product racemate with an optically active acid, such as carboxylic acid, for exan~ple tartaric acid or malic acid, or sulfonic acid, ~or example camphorsulfonic acid, and separation of the mixture of dias~ereoisomers obtained in that manner, for example on the basis of their different solubilities, into the diastereoisomers from which the desired enantiomer can be freed by the action of suitable agents.Advantageously, the more active enantiomer is isolated.
The invention relates also to those forms of t~le process in which a compound obtainable as intermediate at any stage of the process is used as starting material and the remaining steps are carried out, or in which a starting material is used in the form of a derivative or salt and/or racemates or antipodes thereof or, especially, is formed under the reaction conditions.
The starting materials and intermediates used in the process of the present invention are preferably those which result in the compounds I described at the beginning as being especially valuable. The invention relates also to novel starting materials and intermediates for the preparation o~ compounds I, their use and a method for their preparation, the variables Rl, R2 and X and the rings A and B being as defined for the compounds I.
The compounds I and their pharrnaceutically acceptable salts can be used, preferably in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable preparations, in a method for the prophylactic and/or therapeutic treatment of the animal or human body, especially as antihypertensive drugs.
The invention therefore relates also to pharmaceutical compositions that comprise as active ingredient a compound ~ in free form or in the form of a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt, and to a process for the preparation thereof. Such pharmaceutical compositions are for enteral, such as oral, and rectal or parenteral administration to warrn-blooded animals, the compositions comprising the pharmacological active ingredient alone or together with customary pharmaceutical excipients. The pharmaceutical compositions comprise, for example, from approximately 0.1 % to 100 %, preferably from approximately 1 % to approximately 60 %, active ingredient.
Pharmaceutical compositions for enteral and parenteral administration are, for example, those in unit dose form~ such as dragées, tablets, capsules or suppositories, and also ampoules. They are manufactured in a manner known ~ se, for example by means of conventional mixing, granulating, confectioning, dissolving or Iyophilising processes.
Thus, pharmaceutical compositions for oral use can be obtained by combining the active ingredient with solid carAers, optionally granulating a resulting mixture, and processing the mixture or granules, if desired or necessary, after the addition of suitable excipients, to form tablets or dragée cores.
2~7~
Suitable carriers are especially fillers, such as sugars, for example lactose, saccharose, mannitol or sorbitol, cellulose preparations and/or calcium phosphates, for example tri-calcium phosphate or calcium hydrogen phosphate, also binders, swch as starch pastes using, for example, corn, wheat, rice or potato starch, gelatin, tragacanth, methylcellulose and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone, and if desired disintegrators, such as the above-mentioned starches, also carboxymethyl skarch, cross-linked poly~inylpyrrolidone, agar or alginic acid or a salt thereof, such as sodium alginate. Excipients are especially flow conditioners and lublicants, for example silicic acid, talc, stearic acid or salts thereof, such as magnesium or calcium stearate, andlor polyethylene glycol. Dragée cores are provided with suitable non-enteric or enteric coatings, there being used, intcr alia, concentrated sugar solutions which may contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyethylene glycol and/or titanium dioxide, or coating solutions in suitable organic solvenls or solvent mixtures, or, for the production of enteric coatings, solutions of suitable cellulose preparations, such as acetylcellulose phthalate or hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phlhalate, ~olourings or pigments may be added to the tablets or dragée coatings, for example for identification purposes or to indicate different doses of active ingredient.
Further orally administrable pharrnaceutical compositions are dry-~llled capsules consisting of gelatin, and also soft, sealed capsules consisting of gelatin and a plasticiser, such as glycerol or sorbitol. The dry-filled capsules may contain the active ingredient in the form of gram~les, for example in admixture with fillers, such as lactose, binders, such as starches, and/or glidants, such as talc or magnesium stearate, and optionally stabilisers.
In soft capsules, the active ingredient is preferably dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, paraff1n oil or liquid polyethylene glycols, to which stabilisers may likewise be added.
There come into consideration as rectally administrable pharmaceutical compositions, for example, suppositories that consist of a combination of the active ingredient and a supposito.-y base. Suitable suppository bases are, for example, natural or synthetic triglycerides, parafF~n hydrocarbons, polyethylene glycols or higher alkanols. It is also possible to use gelatin rectal capsules that contain a combination of the active ingredient and a base material. Suitable base materials are, tor example, liquid triglycerides, polyethylene glycols and paraffin hydrocarbons.
Suitable for parenteral administration are especially aqueous solutions of an active ingredient in water-soluble form, for examplc in the form of a water-soluble salt, and also 2 ~
suspensions of the active ingredient, such as corresponding oily injection suspensions, there being used suitable lipophilic solvents or ~ehicles, such as fatty oils, for example sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, for example ethyl oleate or triglycerides, or aqueous injection suspensions that comprise viscosity-increasing substances, for example sodium carboxymethylcellulose, sorbitol and/or dextran, and, optionally, also stabilisers.
The dose of the active ingredient may depend upon various factors, such as method of administration, the species of warm-blooded animal, age andtor individual condition. In normal cases, the approximate daily dose for a patien~ weighing about 75 kg is estimated t~ be, in the case of oral administration, from approximately 10 mg to approxlmately 250 mg.
The following Examples illustrate ~he invention described above but are not intended to limit the scope thereof in any way. Temperatures are given in degrees Celsius.
Example 1: While stirring, a solution of 7.5~ g (20 mmol) of 2-methyl-2-pentanoylamino-propionic acid N-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl)amide and 10.6 g ~32 mmol) of tributyl~in azide in 100 ml of o-xylene is heated under reflux for 40 hours. After cooling, 80 ml of lN
sodium hydroxide solution are added to the reaction mixture and ~he mix~ure is stirred for from 2 to 3 hours. The aqueous phase is separated off and ~he pH is brought to from 3 to 4 with lN hydrochloric acid. The oil that separates is extracted with ethyl acetate and the resulting crude product is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel 60, 40-63 ~,lm, toluene/isopropanol/glacial acetic acid = 170130/2). The fractions having an Rf value of 0.29 in that system are combined and concentrated by evaporation and the residue is recrystallised from isopropanol, yielding 2-(n-butyl)-4~4-dimethyl-S-oxo-1-[2~-(lH-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-lH-in1idazole having a melting point of 1~1-182.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
a) 2-amino-2-methylpropionic acid methyl ester hydrochloride and pentanoyl chloride are reacted in dioxane/Hunig base to form 2-methyl-2-pentanoylaminopropionic acid methyl ester. The latter is hydrolysed in its crude ~orm in dioxane with 2N sodium hydroxide solution to form 2-methyl-2-pentanoylaminopropionic acid [m.p.: 144-148 (from ethyl acetate)].
b) 7.5 g (63 mmol) of N-hydroxysuccinimide and 9.6 g (47 mmol) of N,N'-dicyclohexyl-2V~7~9 carbodiimide are added to a solution of 7.5 v ~40 mmol) of 2-methyl-2-pentanoylamino-propionic acid in 100 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide. The mixture is stirred for 15 minutes, then a solution of 8.3 g (40 mmol) of 4-aminomethyl-2'-cyanobiphenyl in 20 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide is added and the reac~ion mixture is then stirred for 24 hours at room temperature. The resulting precipitate is f1ltered off and the filtrate is concentrated by evaporation in vacuo. The resulting residue is partitioned between ethyl acetate ~nd 2N sodiam hydroxide solution and the organic phase is separated off, dried and concentrated by evaporation, yielding 2-methyl-2-pentanoylaminopropionic acid N-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl)amide in the form of a yellow oil that gradually solidifies to form crystals and can be used further in its crude ~orm.
~xample 2: 5 ml of 2N hydrochloric acid are added to a solution of 1.3 g (2 mmol) of 2-(n-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-5-oxo-1-[2'-(1-triphenylmethyl-lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole in 3~) ml of dioxane and the mixture is heated for from 2 to 3 hours at 80. The dioxane is evaporated off and the residue is partitioncd between 10 ml of 2N sodium hydroxide solution and 30 ml of ethyl acetate. Working up of the sodium hydroxide solution extract analogously to Example 1 yields 2-(n-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-5-oxo-1-[2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl}-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole ~m.p.: 181-1~2 (from isopropanol)~.
The starting material can be obtained, for example, as follows:
a) l-ethoxy- I -iminopentane and 2-amino-2-methylpropionic acid ethyl ester are reacted to form 2-(n-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole, which is obtained in the forrn of an oil [Rf = 0.33 (toluene/isopropanollconcentrated ammonia = 170/3012)].
b) While stirring at from S to 10, 0.95 g (20 mmol) of a sodium hydride suspension (50 %
in oil) is added in portions to a solution of 3.4 g (20 mmol) of 2-tn-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-S-oxo-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole in 50 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide. The mixture is then stirred for 1 hour at room temperature and then a solution of 5.6 g (10 mmol) of 2'-(1-tri-phenylmethyl-lE~-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl bromide in 20 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide is added. The reaction mix~ure is stirred for from 18 to 24 hollrs at an internal temperature of 20, and then neutralised with acetic acid and, after the solvent has been evaporated off, partitioned between ethyl acetate and water.
Concentration of the organic phase by evaporation yields 2-(n-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-5-oxo-l-E2'-(1-triphenylmethyl-lH-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole which is used further in its crude form.
2 ~
Example 3: A solution of 2.4 g (6 mmol) of 2-(n-butyl)-3-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4-oxo-1,3-diazaspiro[4.5)dec-1-ene and 3.6 g (10.8 mmol) of tributyltin azide in S0 ml of o-xylene is heated under reflux for 36 hours. Working up analogously to Example 1 using S0 ml of lN potassium hydroxide solution yields an oil, frorn which, after the addition of a small amount of ethyl acetate, 2-(n-butyl)-4-oxo-3-[2'-(lH-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyll-1,3-diazaspiro[4.5]dec-l-ene [m.p.: 145-153 (sintering from 112)]
crystallises out.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
a) In the course of lS minutes, while stirring at room temperature, 14.5 g ~120 mmol) of pentanoyl chloride are added to a suspension of 14.3 g (100 mmol) of I-amino-l-carboxy-cyclohexane and 26 g (200 mmol) of Hunig base in 400 ml of tetrahydrofuran. Thc mixture is stirred for from 20 to 25 hours, the solvent is evaporated olf, 100 ml of wa~er are added to the residue and the mixture is stirred for 1 hour. The crystallinc residue is filtered off and dried in vacuo. The resulting crude 1-carboxy-1-pentanoylarninocyclo-hexane has a melting point of 148-154 and can be processed further without filr~hcr purification.
b) A mixture of 4.55 g (20 mmol) of 1-carboxy-1-pentanoylamino-cyclohexane, 3.45 g (30 mmol) of N-hydroxysuccinimide, 4.74 g ~23 mmol) of N,N'-dicyclohcxylcarbodiimide and S0 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide is stirred for 20 minutes at room temperature. A
solution of 4.2 g (20 mmol) of 4-aminomethyl-2'-cyanobiphenyl in 10 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide is added to the resulting suspension and the mixture is stirred for 24 hours. Working up analogously to Example Ib) yields 1-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl-aminocarbonyl)-l-pentanoylaminocyclohexane, which gradually solidifies to form crystals and can be processed further in its crude form. A sample recrystallised from ethyl acetate has a melting point of 135-137.
c) A mixture of 5.9 g (14 mmol) of crude 1-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethylamino-carbonyl)-1-pentanoylaminocyclohexane, 2.8 g (14 mmol) of p-toluenesulfonic acidmonohydrate and lS0 ml of xylene mixture is heated under reflux using a water separator.
After 3 hours the water separator is replaced by a descending condenser and S0 ml of xylene are distilled off. The remaining solvent is distilled off in vacuo (approximately 1 mm ~Ig). The residue is partitioned between 20 ml of 2N sodium hydroxide solution and 200 ml of ethyl acetate. The residue obtained when the ethyl acetate has been evaporated 2~7~
off is subjected tO flash chromatography on silica gel with hexanelethyl acetate (712). The product-containing fractions (Rf = 0.12) are combined and concentrated by evaporation, yielding 2-(n-butyl~-3-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4-oxo- 1,3-diazaspiro[4.5]dec- 1-ene in the form of a pale brown oil.
Example 4: A solution of O.S9 g (1.6 mmol) of 1-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4,4-diethyl-5-oxo-2-(n-propyl)-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole and 0.7 g (2.1 mmol) of tributyltin azide in 20 ml of xylene, mixture is heated under reflux for 48 hours, a further 0.3 g of tributyltin azide being added aftes 1~ hours. Working up analogously to Example 1 using 15 ml of 2N potassium hydroxide solution and purification by flash chromatography yield 4,4-diethyl-S-oxo-2-~n-propyl)- 1 -[2 ' -(1 H-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole in the form of a colourless amorphous solid [Rf =
0.42 (toluene/isopropanoVglacial acetic acid = 170/3012)].
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
a) Analogously to Example 3a~ there is obtained from 2-amino-2-ethylbutanoic acid and butanoyl chloride 2-butanoylamino-2-ethylbutanoic acid [m.p.: 161-162 (frorn water)].
b) While stining, 2.6 g (12.5 mmol) of N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide are added to a solution of 2.15 g (10.7 mmol) of 2-butanoylamino-2-ethylbutanoic acid and 2.0 g(16.7 mmol) of N-hydroxysuccinimide in 50 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide. After 20 minutes, a solution of 2.4 g (11 mmol) of 4-aminomethyl-2'-cyanobiphenyl in 20 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide is added. The reaction mixture is stirred for from 20 to 24 hours and ~hen worked up analogously to Example lb) to yield 2-butanoylamino-2-ethylbutanoic acid N-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl)amide in the form of an oil [Rf = 0.35 (toluene/:
isopropanollconcentrated ammonia = 170/30/2~], which can be processed further in its crude form.
c) 2.0 g (lO.S mmol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate are added to a solution of 4.1 g (10.5 mmol) of 2-butanoylamino-2-ethylbutanoic acid N-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl)amide in 100 ml of xylene mixture, and the reaction mixture is heated under reflux using a water separator. After 6 hours the reaction mixlure is worked up analogously to Example 3c) and the crude product is subjected to flash chromatography on 400 g of silica gel (toluene/methanol = 19/1). The product-containing fractions (Rf = 0.15) are combined and concentrated by evaporation, yielding 1-~2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4,4-diethyl-S-oxo-2-(n-propyl)-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole in the form of a 7 ~ ~
yellowish oil.
~xample 5 A solution of 0.33 g (1.0 mmol) of 5-(n-butyl)-3-oxo-4-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl~-2,3-dihydro-4H-1,2,4-triazole and 0.43 g (1.3 mmol) of tributyltin azide in S ml of o-xylene is heated under reflux for 2~ hours. The reaction mixture is diluted with 10 ml of toluene, 4 ml of lN sodium hydroxide solution are added and the reaction mixture is stirred for 2 hours. The aqueous phase is separated off, adjustcd to pH 3 to 4 with acetic acid and extracted witb ethyl acetate. After drying and evaporating off the solvent an oil is obtained from which 5-(n-butyl)-3-oxo-4-[2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-2,3-dihydro-4H-1,2,4-triazole gradually crystallises out [m.p.: 213-215 (from acetonitrile)] .
The starting material carl be prepared, for example, as follows:
a) A solution of ~.16 g (20 mmol) of 4-aminomethyl-2'-cyanobiphenyl and 7.0 ml of 1,1,1-trimethoxypentane in 40 ml of toluene is heated under reflux for from 10 to 12 hours. Concentration by evapora~ion in vacuo yields l-[N-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl)imino]-1-methoxypentane in the form of an oil that is processed furlher in its crude form.
b) 1.3 g (approx. 4 mmol) of crude 1-[N-(2'-cyanobiphenyl4-yln1ethyl)imino]-l-methoxy-pentane and 0.5 g (5 mmol) of ethoxycarbonylhydrazine are heated under reflux for 20 hours in 10 ml of toluene. Washing of the cooled solution, first with 5 ml of aqueous lN methanesulfonic acid solution and then with saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, and concentration of the organic phase by evaporation yield an oil from which S-(n-butyl)-3-oxo-4-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-2,3-dihydro-4H- 1,2,4-triazolegradually crystallises out [m.p.: 134-135 (from acetonitrile)].
Example 6: A solution of 3.7 g (10.3 mmol) of 2-(n-butyl)-I-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4,4-dimethyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole and 4.4 g (13 mmol) of tributyltin azide in 40 ml of o-xylene is heated under reflux for 26 hours. Working up analogously to Example 1 yields a crude product from which there is obtained by recrystallisation from ethyl acetate 2-(n-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-5-oxo-1-[2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole having a melting point of 180-I81.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
A solution of 7.5 g (20 mmol) of 2-methyl-2-pentanoylaminopropionic acid N-(2'-cyano-7 ~ ~
biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)amide and 4.0 g (2Q mmol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid in 200 ml of toluene is heated under reflux fos 12 hours using a water separator. The reaction mixture is then stirred with 20 ml of 2N sodium hydroxide solution and the toluene phase isseparated off, washed with water, dAed and concentrated by evaporation in vacllo. The resulting crude product is subjected to flash chromatography on silica gel (toluene/-methanol = 19/1)~ The product-containing fractions (Rf = 0.22) are combined and concentrated by evaporation, yielding 2-(n-butyl)-1-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4,4-dimethyl-S-oxo-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole in the form of a colourless oil.
Example 7: At room temperature, 4.4 ml of a solution of hydrogen chloride in ethanol (lON) are added to a solution of 2-(n-butyl)-4,~-dimethyl-6-oxo-1-[2~-(1-triphenylmethyl-l~-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyAmidine (2.90 g, 4.4 mmol) in 10 ml of CH2CI2. After 30 minutes the reaction mixture is concentrated by evaporation _n vacuo, toluene is added to the residue and the mixture is again concentrated hy evaporation in vacuo. After the addition of ethyl acetate, the mixture is filtered and the filter cake is recrystallised from acetonitAle. After drying in vacuo at 100 lhere remains 2-(n-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-6-oxo- 1-[2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylme~hyl]- 1,4,5,6-tetra-hydropyrimidine hydrochloride [m.p.: 245 (decomposition)].
The starting material can be prepared, for e~ample, as follows:
a) 3,3-dimethylacrylic acid ethyl ester (5.06 ml, 36.44 mmol) and valeric amidine (3.65 g, 36.44 mmol) are stirred at room temperature for I2 hours. After concentration byevaporation in vacuo, the residue is dissolved in 20 ml of ethanol and 6 ml of a solution of hydrogen chlorAde in ethanol (lON) are added to the solution. The precipitate is filtered off and the filter cake is recrystallised from ethanol, yielding 2-~n-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrirmidine hydrochloAde (m.p.: 215-218).
b) NaH (80 % in white oil; 0.36 g, 11.9 mmol) is added to a solution of 2-(n-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-6-oxo- 1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidine hydrochloride (1.30 g,5.94 mmol) in 20 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide. The suspension is stirred for 1 hour at room temperature, and then a solution of 2'-(1-tAphenylmethyl-lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl bromide (3.31 g, 5.94 mmol) in 25 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide is added dropwise and the reaction mixture is stirred for 12 hours at room temperature. After concentration by evaporation in vacuo the residue is partitioned between water and ethyl acetate and the organic phase is dAed over Na2SO4 and concentratcd by evaporation ln vacuo. ~lash chromatography (silica gel 60, 40-63 ~,~m, CH2CI2/CH3~)H = 95/5) yields 2-(n-butyl)-4,4-2~7~
dimethyl-6-oxo-1-[2'-(1-triphenylmethyl-lH-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidine which is further processed directly.
Example 8: Starting from 2-(n-butyl)-S,S-dimethyl-6-oxo-1-[2'-~1-triphenylmethyl-lH-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidine, there is obtained in the manner described in Example 7 2-(n-butyl)-S,S-dimethyl-6-oxo-1-E2'-(lH-tetrazol-S-yl)-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]- 1,4,5 ,6-tetrahydropyrimidine hydrochloride [m .p.: 187-1 g 1 (decomposition)] .
The starting material can be obtained, for example, as follows:
a) 3-amino-2,2-dimethylpropionic acid ethyl ester (1.45 g, 10 mmol) and valeric amidine (1.0 g, 10 mmol) are stirred under reflux for 6 hours. After concentration by evaporation, the residue is partitioned between water and ethyl acetate and the organic phase is dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated by evaporation in vacuo. Flash chromatography (silica gel 60, 4û-63 llm, ethyl acetate) yieldg 2-(n-butyl)-S,S-dime~hyl-6-oxo-1,4,5,6-tetrahydro-pyrimidine wllich is con~erted into the hydrochloride by treatment with a solution of hydro~en chloride in ether and processed further directly in that form.
b) Alkylation of 2-~n-butyl)-5,5-dimethyl-6-oxo-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyriMidine hydrochloride with 27-(l-triphenylmethyl-1~-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylme~hyl bromide, followed by flash chromato"raphy in the manner described in Example 7b), yields 2-(n-butyl)-5,5-dimethyl-6-oxo-1-[2'-(1-triphenylmethyl-lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl-methyl]- 1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidine, which is processed further directly.
Example 9: A solu~ion of S.0 g (13 mmol) of 2-(n-butyl)-3-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4-oxo-1,3-diazaspiro[4.4]non-1-ene and 5.6 g (16.9 mmol) of tributyltin azide in 100 ml of o-xylene is heated under reflux for 40 hours. Working up analogously to Example 1 yields a partially crystalline crude product the crystalline portion of which, afterrecrystallisation from isopropanol, yields pure 2-(n-butyl)-4-oxo-3-[2'-(lH-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-1,3-diazaspiro[4.4]non-1-ene (m.p.: 181-183).
The starting material can be prepared, ~or example, as follows:
a) 1-amino-1-benzyloxycarbonylcyclopentane is reacted with pentanoyl chloride to form 1-benzyloxycarbonyl-1-pentanoylaminocyclopentane (m.p.: 46-48).
b) Catalytic debenzylation of l-benzyloxycarbonyl-l-pentanoylaminocyclopentane by means of Pd/C (10%) in melhanol yields l-carboxy-l-pentanoylaminocyclopentane (m.p.:
192-194).
c) Analogously to Example 3b) there is obtained using 4.26 g (20 mmol) of l-carboxy-1-pentanoylaminocyclopentane 1-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethylaminocarbonyl)-1-pentanoylaminocyclopentane ~m.p.: 140-142~ (from ethyl acetate)].
d) A solution of 7.3 g (1~ mmol) of 1-~2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethylaminocarbonyl)-1-pentanoylaminocyclopentane and 3.5 g (18.4 mmol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid mono-hydrate in lS0 ml of toluene is heated under reflux for 20 hours u~ing a wateI separator.
Working up analogously to Example 3c) yields crude 2-(n-butyl)-3-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4-oxo-1,3-diazaspiro[4.4]non-1-ene in the form of a yellowish oil [Rf - 0.61 (toluene/isopropanoVconcentrated ammonia = 170/30/2)], which is reac~ed further without additional purification.
Example 10: A solution of O.9S g (2.4 mmol) of 2-(n-blllyl)-1-(2'-cyanobiphellyl-4-ylmethyl)-4,4-diethyl-S-oxo-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole and 1.22 g (3.6 mmol) of tributyltin azide in 10 ml of o-xylene is heated under reflux for 48 hours. Working up analogously to Example 1 yields a crude product from which there is obtained by recrystallisation from ethyl acetateldiethyl ether 2-(n-butyl)-4,4-diethyl-S-oxo- 1-~2'-(1 H-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyll-4,5-dihydro- lH-imidazole (m.p.: 120-121).
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
a) Analogously to Example 3a) there is obtained from 2-amino-2-ethylbutanoic acid and pentanoyl chloride 2-ethyl-2-pentanoylaminobutanoic acid in the form of an oil lRf = 0.27 (toluene/methanol = 4/1)], which is reacted further without additional purification.
b) Analogously to Example 4b) there is obtained from 2-ethyl-2-pentanoylaminobutanoic acid 2-ethyl-2-pentanoylaminobutanoic acid N-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl)amide in the form of an oil [Rf = 0.46 (toluene/isopropanoVconcentrated ammonia = 170/30/2)], which is purified by means of flash chromatography (toluene/methanol = 4011).
c) A solution of 1.0 g (2.46 mmol) of 2-ethyl-2-pentanoylaminobutanoic acid N-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmcthyl)amide and 0.52 g (2.7 mmol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid mono-hydrate in S0 ml of o-xylene is heated under reflux for 4~ hours using a water separator.
The cooled reaction mixture is diluted with 50 ml of ethyl acetate and rendered alkaline 2~7~9 with 10 ml of 2N sodium hydroxide solution. The organic phase is washed in sllccession with water and brine, dried and concentrated by eYaporation in ~/acuo~ The 2-(n-blJtyl)-1-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4,4-die~hyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole obtained in the form of an oil [Rf = 0.45 (to!uene/methanol = 4/1)] is reacted further without additional purification.
Example 11: The following compounds can be prepared in a manner analogous to that described in any one of the preceding Examples:
1. 2-(n-butyl)-6-oxo-1-[2'-(lH-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-1,4,5,6-tetrahydro-pyrimidine, 2. 2-~n-butyl)-6-oxo-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1-[2'-(lH-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-1 ,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidine, 3 . 2-(n-butyl)-4-isopropyl-S-oxo- 1-[2' -(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole, 4. 1~3-di-(n-butyl)-S-oxo-4-12'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-l,S-dihydro-4H-1,2,4-triazole, 5. 4,4-dimethyl-S-oxo-2-(n-propyl)-1-[2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro- 1 H-imidazole, 6. 4,4-dimethyl-S-oxo-2-~n-pentyl)-1-[2'-(lH-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl3-4,5-dihydro- 1 H-imidazole, 7. 2-(n-butyl)-4-isopropyl-4-methyl-S-oxo- 1-~2' -(1 H-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole, 8. 3-(n-butyl)-1-methyl-S-oxo-4-[2'-(lH-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethylJ-l,S-dihydro-4H- 1 ,2,4-triazole, 9. 2-(n-butyl)-4-methyl~S-oxo-l-E2'-(lH-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole, 10. 2-(n-butyl)-4-ethyl-5-oxo-1-[2'-(lH-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-IH-imidazole and 11. 2-(n-butyl)-5-oxo-1-[2'-(lH-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole, in each case in free form or in the form of a salt, for example in the form of the hydrochloride.
Example 12: Tablets, each comprising SO mg of active ingredient, for example 2-(n-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-S-oxo- 1-~2'-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole, can be prepared as follows:
2 ~ 7 ~ ~
Composition (for 10 000 tablets):
ac~ive ingredient S00.0 g lactose S00.0 g potato starch 352.0 g gelatin 8.0 g talcurn 60.0 g magnesium stearate 10.0 g silica (highly dispersed) 20.0 g ethanol q.s.
The active ingredient is mixed with the lactose and 292 g of the potato starch, and the mixture is moistened with an alcoholic solution of the gelatin and granulated th~ough a sieve. After dryirlg~ the remaining potato starch, the talcum, the magnesium stearate and the highly dispersed silica are mixed in and the mixture is compressed to fonn tablets which each weigh 145.0 mg and comprise 50.0 mg of active ingredient, and which may, if desired, be provided with breaking notches for finer adaptation of the dose.
Example 13: Film-coated tablets, each comprising 100 mg of active ingredient, for example 2-(n-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-S-oxo-1-[2'-(lH-te~razol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole, can be prepared as follows:
Composition (for 1000 tablets):
active ingredient 100.00 g lactose 100.00 g corn starch 70 00 g talcum 8.50 g calcium stearate 1.50 g hydroxypropylmethylcellulose 2.36 g shellac 0.64 g water q.s.
dichloromethane q.s.
The active ingredient, the lactose and 40 g of tlle corn starch are mixed, and the mixture is moistened with a paste, prepared from lS g of the corn starch and water (with heating), and granulated. The granules are dried, the remaining corn starch, the talcum ancl the 2~7~9 calcium stearate are added and mixed with the gramlles. The mixture is compressed to form tablets (weight: 280 mg), which are film-coated with a solution of the hydroxy-propylmethylcellulose and the shellac in dichloromethane (final weight of the film-coated tablet: 283 mg).
Example 14: In a manner analogous to that described in Examples 12 and 13, it is also possible to prepare tablets and film-coated tablets comprising a different compound I or a tautomer of a compound I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound I or of a tautomer of a compound I, for example in accordance with any one of Examples 1 to 11.
AzacYclic compounds The invention relates to azacyclic compounds of the formula N -X
R,~
wherein X is the group of the formula -C~R3)R4-[C(Rs)R6]p-[C(R7)R8]q- (la) or the group of the formula -N(Rg)- (Ib), Rl is unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substitu~ed lower aL~yl, lower aL~enyl or lower aLIcynyl, it being possible for the substituents to be selected from the group consisting of hydroxy and halogen; cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, phenyl-lower aLlcyl, phenyl-lower alkenyl or phenyl-lower alkynyl, R2 is carboxy, IH-tetrazol-5-yl, SO3H~ PO2H2, PO3H2 or haloalkanesulfonylarnino, either R3, R4, Rs, R6, R7 and R8, independently of one another, are hydrogen, unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substituted lower aL~yl, lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl, it being possible for ~he substituents to be selected ~rom the group consisting of halogen, free or etherified hydroxy, free or esterified or amidated carboxy and unsubstituted or substituted amino; free or esterified or amidated carboxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, an aliphatic hydrocarbon radical in~errupted by O, or an aromatic radical, or one of the three pairs of variables R3/R4, R5/R6 and R7/R8 is a divalent alipha~ic hydrocarbon radical and the variables of the other two pairs, independently of one another, are as defined above, Rg is hydrogen or unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substituted lower alkyl, lower a11cenyl or lower alkynyl, it being possible for the substituents to be selected from the group consisting of free or etherified hydroxy and free or esterified or amidated carboxy, the indices p and q, independently of one another, are 0 or 1 and the rings A and B, independently of one another, are unsubstituted or substituted, in free form or in the form of salts, and, if appropriate, to the tautomers of those compounds, to the use of those compounds and tautomers, to a process for the preparation of those compounds and tautomers, and to pharmaceutical compositions comprising, in free form or in the forrn of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, such a compound I or a tautomer thereof.
The compounds I may in some cases be in the form of proton tautomers. If, for example, X is a group -NH-, corresp~nding compounds I comprising the grouping -NH-C(=O)- may be in equilibrium with the tautomeric hydroxy derivadves, that is to say with the corresponding compounds having a grouping of the formula -N=C(OH)-. Accordingly,hereinbefore and hereinafter, any reference to the compounds I should be understood as including the corresponding tautomers as appropriate and expedient.
The compounds I may be in the form of salts, especially pharmaceutically acceptable salts. If the compounds I have at least one basic centre, they can form acid addition salts.
The latter are formed, for example, with strong inorganic acids, such as mineral acids, for example sulfuric acid, a phosphoric acid or a hydrohalic acid, with strong organic carboxylic acids, such as unsubstituted or substituted, for example halo-swbstituted, Cl-C4alkanecarboxylic acids, for example acetic acid, saturated or unsaturated dicarboxylic acids, for example oxalic, malonic, succinic, maleic, fumaric, phthalic or terephthalic acid, hydroxycarboxylic acids, for example ascorbic, glycolic, lactic, malic, tartaric or citric acid, arnino aclds, for example aspartic or glutamic acid, or benzoic acid, or with organic sulfonic acids, such as unsubstituted or subs~ituted, for example halo-substituted, C1-C4alkanesulfonic or arylsulfonic acids, for example methanesulfonic or p-toluenesulfonic acid. Corresponding acid addition salts can also be formed with a basic centre that may additionally be present. In addition, compounds I having at least one acidic group (for example COOH or lH-tetra~ol-5-yl) can forrn salts with bases. Suitable salts with bases are, for example, metal salts, such as alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts, for example sodium, potassium or magnesium salts, or salts with ammonia or an organic amine, such as morpholine, thiomorpholine, piperidine, pyrrolidine, a mono-, di-or tri-lower alkylamine, for example ethyl-, tert-butyl-, diethyl-, diisopropyl-, triethyl-, tributyl- or dimethylpropyl-amine, or a mono-, di- or tri-hydroxy-lower alkylamine, for example mono-, di- or tri-ethanolamine. ~urtherrnore, corresponding internal salts can be formed. The invention relates also to salts not suitable for pharmaceutical uses, which can be used, for example, for isolating and/or purifying free compounds I or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
The rings A and B form a biphenylyl radical, corresponding 4-biphenylyl being preferred and the radical R2 preferably being located in a 2-position of ring B. The rings A and B, independently of one another, are unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substituted, for example di- or tri-substituted, it being possible for the substituents to be selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, ethelified hydroxy, amino, substituted amino, carboxy, esterified carboxy, amidated carboxy, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, an aliphatic hydrocarbon radical interrupted by 0, and trifluoromethyl.
Etherified hydroxy is lower alkoxy or lower alkenyloxy.
Esterified carboxy is carboxy esterified by an alcohol the alcoholic hydroxy function of which is bonded to lower aL~yl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl or lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl.
Amidated carboxy is carbarnoyl the amino group of which is unsubstitDted or mono- or di-substituted by identical or different substituents selected from lower aLkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl and phenyl-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl, or is disubstituted by lower alkylene or by lower alkyleneoxy-lower alkylene.
Substituted amino is amino ~hat is mono- or di-substituted by identical or dift`erent substituents selected from lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl and phenyl-lowcr alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl, or is disubstituted by lower alkylene or by lower alkyleneoxy-lower alkylene.
An aliphatic hydrocarbon radical interr~lpted by O is lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl or lower alkenyloxy-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl.
An aromatic radical is phenyl, naphthyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thienyl or pyridyl.
A divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon radical is lower alkylene or lower alkenylene.
The aromatic radicals listed above, like the phenyl radicals in phenyl-substituted groups, for exannple in phenyl-lower alkyl groups, are, independently of one another, unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substituted, for example di- or tri-substituted, it being possible for the substituents to be selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, unsubstituted or substituted amino, free or esterified or amidated carboxy, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl and trifluoromethyl.
2 ~ 9 The general terms used hereinbefore and hereinafter, unless otherwise def~lned, have the following meanings.
The term "lower" denotes that corresponding groups and compounds comprise up to and including 7, preferably up to and including 4, carbon atoms.
Lower aLkyl is Cl-C7alkyl, that is to say, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl or a corresponding pentyl, hexyl or heptyl radical.
C1-C4alkyl is preferred.
Lower alkenyl is C3-C7alkenyl and is, for example, propen-2-yl, allyl or but- 1-en-3-yl, but-1-en-4-yl, but-2-en-1-yl orbut-2-en-2-yl. C3-Csalkenyl is preferred.
Lower aLIcynyl is C3-C7alkynyl and is, for example, propargyl.
Lower alkylene is C2-C7alkylene, is straight-chained or branched, and is especially ethylene, prop-1,3-ylene, but- 1,4-ylenet pent- 1,5-ylene, prop- 1,2-ylene, 2-methylprop-1,3-ylene or 2,2-dimethylprop-1,3-ylene. C2-C5alkylene is preferred.
Lower alkenylene is C3-Csalkenylene and is, for example, but-2-en-1,4-ylene.
Cycloalkyl is C3-C7cycloalkyl, that is to say, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl or cycloheptyl. Cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl are preferred.
Cycloalkenyl is C3-C7cycloalkenyl and is, for example, cyclopent-2-enyl or -3-enyl or cyclohex-2-enyl or -3-enyl.
Phenyl-lower alkyl is phenyl-Cl-C4alkyl and is, for example, benzyl or 1- or 2-phenethyl, while phenyl-lower alkenyl and phenyl-lower alkynyl are phenyl-C3-Csalkenyl and -alkynyl, respectively, for example 3-phenylallyl or 3-phenylpropargyl.
Hydroxy-lower alkyl is hydroxy-C1-C4alkyl, such as hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl or 3-hydroxypropyl.
Lower alkoxy is Cl-C7alkoxy, that is to say, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, 2 ~
n-butoxy, isobutoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy or corresponding pentyloxy, hexyloxy or heptyloxy. Cl-C4alkoxy is preferred.
Lower alkenyloxy is C3-C7alkenyloxy and is, for example, allyloxy, but-2-en- l-yloxy or but-3-en-1-yloxy. C3-C5alkenyloxy is preferred.
Lower alkoxy-lower alkyl is C1-C4alkoxy-Cl-C4alkyl, such as 2-methoxyethyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, 2-(n-propoxy)ethyl or ethoxymethyl.
Lower allcoxy-lower alkenyl and -lower alkynyl are Cl-C4alkoxy-C3-Cs-aL~cenyl and -alkynyl, respectively.
Lower alkenyloxy-lower aLkyl is C3-Csalkenyloxy-CI-C4alkyl, such as 2-allyloxyethyl, and lower alkenyloxy-lower alkenyl and -lower alkynyl are C3-Csalkenyloxy-C3-C5-alkenyl and -alkynyl, respectively.
Lower alkyleneoxy-lower alkylene is C2-C,~alkyleneoxy-C2-C4alkylene, for exampleethyleneoxyethylene.
Halogen is especially halogen having an atomic nurnber of up to and including 35, that is to say, fluorine, chlorine or bromine, and also includes iodine.
Haloalkanesulfonylamino is halo-Cl-C7alkanesulfonylamino and is, for example, trifluoromethane-, difluoromethane-, 1,1,2-trifluo~oethane- or heptafluoropropane-sulfonylamino. Halo-Cl-C4alkanesulfonylamino is preferred.
Extensive pharmacological research has shown that the compounds I and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts have, for example, pronounced angiotensin II
antagonistic properties.
Angiotensin II is known to have pronounced vasocons~lictive properties and, moreover, to stimulate aldosterone secretion, thus causing marked sodiumlwater retention. The result of angiotensin Il activity manifests itself inter alia in an increase in blood pressure.
The importance of angiotensin II antagonists lies in the suppression, by competitive inhibition of the binding of angiotensin II to the receptors, of the effects of vaso-2(~
constriction and of stimulation of aldosterone secretion produced by angiotensin Il.
The angiotensin II antagonistic properties of the compounds I and their pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts can be detected in the angiutensin II binding test. In that test, smooth muscle cells from homogenised rat aorta are used. The solid centrifugate is suspended in 50 mM of tris buffer (pH 7.4) with the use of peptidase inhibitors. The samples are incubated for 60 minutes at 25C with l2sI-angiotensin II (0.175 nM) and a varying concentration of angiotensin II or of test compound. The incubation is then terminated by the addition of ice-cold-phosphate-buffered saline and the reaction mixture is filtered through Whatman GF/~ filters. The filters are counted using a gamma counter. The ICso values are determined from the dose/activity curve. I~so values of approximately 10 nM
and above are follnd for the compounds I and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
Tests on isolated rings of rabbit aorta can be used to determine angiotensin II induced vasoconstriction. For that purpose, rings of aorta are dissected from each thorax and are fixed between 2 parallel clips at an initial tension of 2 g. The rings are then immersed in 20 ml of a tissue bath al 37C and gassed with a mixture Of 95 % 2 and 5 % ~o2. The isometric reactions are measured. At 20-minute intervals the rings are stimulated alternately with 10 nM angiotensin I~ (~Iypertensin - CIBA) and S nM noradrenalin chloride. The rings are then incubaled with selected concentrations of the test compounds before being treated with the agonists. The data are analysed on a 33uxco digital computer.
The concentrations that effect 50 % inhibition of the initial control values are given as the ICso values. ICso values of approximately S nM and above are found for compounds I and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
The fact that the compounds I and their ph~umaceutically acceptable salts are able to reduce high blood pressure induced by angiotensin II can be verified in the test model of the normotensive anaesthetised rat. After calibration of the preparations using 0.9 % NaCI
tl mllkg i.v.~ and noradrenalin (1 llg/kg i.v.) or angiotensin II (0.3 !lgllcg i.v.), respectively, increasing doses (3-6) of the test compound are injected intravenously by means of bolus injection, whereupon after each dose angiotensin II or noradrenalin is administered at S-minute intervals. The blood pressure is measured directly at the carotid and recorded in an on-line data-recording system (Buxco). The specificity of Ihe angio-tensin II antagonism is indicated by the selective inhibition of the pressure caused by angiotensin II but not of that caused by noradrenalin. In this test model, the compounds I
and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts exhibit an inhibiting effect at a dose of 2 ~ 9 approximately 0.3 mg/kg i.v. and above.
The antihypertensive activity of the compounds I and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts can also be demonstrated in the test model of the renal hypertensive rat. High biood pressure is induced in male rats by cons~iction of a ren~l artery by the Goldblatt method.
Doses of the test compoun~ are administered to the rats using a stomach probe. Control animals receive an equivalent volume of solvent. Blood pressllre and heartbeat are measured indiIectly in conscious animals by the tail-clamping method of Gerold et al.
rHelv. Physiol. Acta 24 (1966~, 58] at intervals bot4 before adrninistration of the test compound or of the solvent and ~uring the collrse of the experiments. The pronounced antihypertensive effect can be detected at a dose o~ approximately 30 rng/kg p.o. and above.
The compounds I and their pharrnaceutically acceptable salts can accordingly be used, for example, as active ingredients in antihypertensive drugs which are used, for example, for the treatment of high blood pressure and of cardiac insuf~lciency. ~he invention thus relates also to the use of the compounds I and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts for the preparation of corresponding medicaments and i~or the therapeutic ~reatment of high blood pressure and of cardiac insufficiency. The preparation of the medicaments includes the commercial preparation of the active ingredients.
The invention relates especially to a compound of formula I wherein X is the group Ia or the group Ib, Rl is unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substituted lower alkyl, lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl, it being possible for the substituents to be selected from the ~roup consisting of hydroxy and halogen; cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, phenyl-lower alkyl, phenyl-lower alkenyl or phenyl-lower alkynyl, R2 is carboxy, lH-tetrazol-5-yl, SO3H, PO2H2, PO3H2 or haloalkanesulfonylamino, either R3, R4, Rs, R6, R7 and R8, independently of one another, are hydrogen, unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substituted lower alkyl, lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl, it being possible for the substituents to be selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, lower alkenyloxy, carboxy, carboxy esterified by an alcohol the alcoholic hydroxy filnction of which is bonded to lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl or to lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl; carbamoyl the amino group of which is unsubstituted or mono- or di-substituted by identical or different substituents selected from lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl and phenyl-lower a}kyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl, or is di-substituted by lower alkylene or by lower s~ ~ ~
alkyleneoxy-lower alkylene; amino and amino that is mono- or di-substituted by identical or different substituents selected from lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl and phenyl-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl, or is disubstituted by lower alkylene or by lower alkyleneoxy-lower alkylene; or are carboxy, carboxy esterified by an alcohol the alcoholic hydroxy function of which is bonded to lower alkyl, lower alkenylt lower alkynyl or to lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl; carbamoyl the arnino group of which is unsubstituted or mono- or di-substituted by identical or different substituents selected from lower a~kyl, lower alkenyl, lower a)~cynyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl, lower all~xy-lower alkyl and phenyl-lower alkyl, -lower allcenyl or -lower alkynyl, or is di-substituted by lower alkylene or by lower alkyleneoxy-lower alkylene; cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl, lower alkenyloxy-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl, phenyl, naphthyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, kiazolyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thienyl or pyridyl, or one of the three pairs of variables R3/R4, R5/~6 and R7/R~ is lower alkylene or lower alkenylene, and the variables of the other two pairs, independently of one another, are as defined immediately above, Rg is hydrogen or unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substitllted lower alkyl, lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl, it being possible for the substituents to be selec~ed from the group consisting of lower alkoxy, lower alkenyloxy, carboxy, carboxy esterified by an alcohol the alcoholic hydroxy function of wh;ch is bonde~l to lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl or to lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl, and carbamoyl the amino group of which is unsubstituted or mono- or di-substituted by identical or different substituents selected from lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl and phenyl-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl, or is disubstituted by lower alkylene or by lower alkyleneoxy-lower alkylene, the indices p and q, independently of one another, are O or 1, and the rings A and B, independently of one another, are unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substituted, it being possible for the substituents to be selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, lower alkenyloxy, amino, amino mono- or di-substituted by identical o:r different substituents selected from lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl and phenyl-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl, or disubstituted by lower alkylene or by lower alkyleneoxy-lower alkylene; carboxy, carboxy esterified by an alcohol the alcoholic hydroxy function of which is bonded to lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl or to lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl; carbamoyl the amino group of which is unsubstituted or mono- or di-substituted by identical or different substituents selected from lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl and phenyl-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl, or is f~ r~
g disubstituted by lower alkylene or by ~ower alkyleneoxy-lower aLlcylene; and lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower a~coxy-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl and -lower alkynyl, lower alkenyloxy-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl and -lower alkynyl and trifluoromethyl, or, if appropriate, a tautomer thereof, in each case in free form or in the form of a salt.
The invention relates especially to a compound of forrnula I wherein X is the group Ia or the group Ib, R~ is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, cycloalkyl or phenyl-lower alkyl, R2 is carboxy, IH-tetrazol-S-yl, S03H, PO2~2, PO3H2 or haloaikanesulfonylaminor either R3, R4, Rs, R6, R7 and R8, independently of one another, are hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, carboxy, carboxy esterified ~y an alcohol the aIcoholic hydroxy function of which is bonded to lower alkyl; carbamoyl the amino group of which is unsubstituted or mono- or di-substitllted by identical or different lower alkyl substituents; cycloalkyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imida~olyl, triaz~lyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thienyl or pyridyl, or one of the three pairs of variables R3/R4, Rs/R6 and R7/R8 is lower alkylene or lower alkenylene and the variables of the other two pairs, independently of one another, are as defined immediately above, R9 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl, either the indices p and q are 0 or one of the indices p and q is 0 and the other of the indices p and q is 1, the rings A and B, independently of one another, are unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substituted, it being possible for the substituents to be selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, amino, amino mono- or di-substituted by identical or differen~ substituents selected from lower alkyl and phenyl-lower alkyl, carboxy, carboxy esterif;ed by an alcohol the alcoholic hydroxy function of which is bonded to lower alkyl; carbamoyl the amino group of which is unsubs~ituted or mono- or di-substituted by identical or different substituents selected from lower alkyl and phenyl-lower alkyl, or is disubstituted by lower alkylene or by lower alkyleneoxy-lower alkylene; and lower alkyl and trifluoromethyl, and the ring B is bonded in the 4-position of the ring A and R2 is bonded in a 2-position of the ring B, or, if appropriate, a tautomer thereof, in each case in free form or in the form of a salt.
The invention relates more especially to a compound of formula I wherein X is the group Ia or the group Ib, Rl is Cl-C4alkyl, such as n-propyl or n-butyl, R2 is carboxy or lH-tetrazol-S-yl, either R3, R4, Rs, R6, R7 and R8, independently of one another, are hydrogen or Cl-C4alkyl, such as methyl or ethyl, _ one of the three pairs of variables R3/R4, Rs/R6 and R7/R8 is C2-Csalkylene, such as but-1,4-ylene or pent-l,S-ylene, and the - lo -variables of the other two pairs, independently of one another, are as defined immediately above, R9 is hydrogen or Cl-C4alkyl, such as methyl, either the indices p and q are O or one of the indices p and q is O and the other of the indices p and ~ is 1, the rings A and B
are unsubstituted and the ring B is bonded in the 4-position of the ring A and R2 is bonded in a 2-position of the ring B, or, if appropriate, a tautomer thereof, in each case in free form or in the form of a salt.
The invention relates very especially to a compound of formula I wherein X is ~he group Ia or ~he group Ib, ~1 is Cl-C4alkyl, such as n-propyl or n-butyl. R2 is lH-tetrazol-S-yl, either R3, R4, Rs~ R6, R7 and Rg, independently of one another, ~re hydrogen or Cl-C4alkyl, such as methyl or ethyl, or one of the three pairs of variables R3/R4, R5/R6 and R7/R8 is C2-C5alky}ene, such as but- I ,4-ylene or pent- 1 ,5-ylene, and the variables of the other two pairs are hydrogen, Rg is hydrogen, either the indices p and q are O or one of the indices p and q is O and the other of the indices p and q is 1, the rings A and B are unsubstituted and the ring B is bonded in the 4-position of the ring A and R2 is bonded in a 2-position of the ring B, or, if appropriate, a tautomer thereof, in each case in free form or in the form of a salt.
The invention relates especially to a compound of formula I wherein X is the group Ia, Rl is Cl-C4alkyl, such as n-propyl or n-butyl, R2 is lH-te~razol-S-yl, either R3, R4, R5, R6, R7 and R8, independently of one another, are hydrogen or Cl-C4alkyl, such as methyl or ethyl, or one of the three pairs of variables R3/R4t R5/R6 and R7/R8 is C2-Csalkylene, such as but-1,4-ylene or pent-1,5-ylene and the variables of the other two pairs are hydrogen, either the indices p and q are O or one of the indices p and q is O and the other of the indices p and q is 1, the rings A and B are unsubstituted and the ring B is bonded in the 4-position of the ring A and R2 is bonded in a 2-position of the rin~g B, in ~ree form or in the form of a salt.
The invention relates most especially to a compound of forrnula I wherein X is the group Ia, Rl is Cl-C4alkyl, such as n-propyl or n-butyl, R2 is lH-tetrazol-S-yl, R3, R4, Rs, R6, R7 and R~, independently of one another, are hydrogen or Cl-C4alkyl, s~lch as methyl or ethyl, either the indices p and q are O or one of the indices p and q is O and the other of the indices p and q is 1, the rings A and B are unsubstituted and the ring B is bonded in the 4-position of the ring A and R2 is bonded in a 2-position of the ring B, in free form or in the form of a salt.
The invention relates specifically to the novel compounds of formula I mentioned in the Examples and, if appropriate, to tautomers thereof, in each case in free form or in the form of a salt.
The invention relates further to a process for the preparation of ~he compounds I and of their salts, which comprises, for example, a) in a compound of the formula N-X
RlA~N~O
)t Z
wherein Zl is a radical Ihat can be converted into R2, or in a salt thereo~, converting Z
into R2, or b) cyclising a compound of the formula HN -X
HN~3 (m), or a salt thereof, or c) reacting a compound of the formula HN~O ,~
~ (I~/), or a salt thereof, with a compound of the forrnula c~ 7 ~ ~
R,-C(Z2)(Z3)Z4 (V), wherein either Z2 and Z3 together are unmodified Qr functionL~ly modified oxo and Z4 iS a nucleofugal leaving group, or Z2~ Z3 and Z4, in~ependently of one another, are anucleofug~ leaving group, and in each case, if desired, converting a compound I
obtainable in accordance with the process or in another manner, or a tautomer thereof, in each case in free form or in the form of a salt, into a different compound I or a tautomer thereof, separating a mixture of isomers obtainable in accordance with the process and isolating the desired isomer and/or converting a free compound I obtainable in accordance with the pro~ess, or a tautomer thereof~ into a salt, or converting a salt of a compound I
obtainable in accordance with the process, or of a tautomer thereof, into the free compound I or a tautomer thereof or into a different salt.
Salts of starting materials having at least one basic centre are corresponding acid addit}on salts, while salts of starting materials having at least one acidic group are salts with bascs, in each case as described hereinbefore in connection with corresponding sal~s ofcompounds I.
The reactions described hereinbefore and hereinafter in the Varia~ts are carricd out in a manner known per se, for example in the absence or, customarily, in the presence of a suitable solvent or diluent or of a mixture theieof, and, as required, with cooling, at room temperature or with heating, for example in a temperature ranoe of from approximately -80C to the boiling temperature of the reaction medium, preferably from approximately -10 to approximately +200C, and, if necessary, in a closed vessel, under pressure, in an inert gas atmosphere and/or under anhydrous conditions. Delails of suitable reaction conditions are also to be found especially in the Examples.
Variant a):
Radicals Z1 that can be converted into the variable R2 are, for example, cyano, mercapto, halogen, the group -N2+ A-, wherein ~~ is an anion derived from an acid, amino, functional derivatives of COOH, SO3H, PO3H2 and PO2H2, and protected IH-tetrazol-5-yl.
Radicals Zl that can be converted into lH-tetrazol-5-yl R2 are, for example, cyano and protected I~I-tetrazol-5-yl.
$`~
For the preparation of compounds I wherein R2 is ~H-tetrazol-5-yl, there is used as starting material, for example, starting material Il wherein Zl is cyano, which is reacted, for example in an inert solvent, such as an aromatic or araliphatic hydrocarbon, for example in toluene or in a xylene, preferably while heating, with an azide, for example wlth HN3 or, especially, a salt, such as an alkali metal salt, thereof, or with an organotin azide, such as tri-lower alkyltin azide or triaryltin azide. Preferred azides are, for example, sodium and potassium azide and tri-CI-C4alkyltin azide, for example trimethyl- or tributyl-tin azide, and triphenyltin azide.
Suitable protecting groups of protected lH-tetrazol-S-yl are the protecting groups customarily used in tetrazole chemistry, especially triphenylmethyl, unsubstituted or substituted, for example nitro-substituted, benzyl, such as 4-nitrobenzyl, lower alkoxy-methyl, such as methoxymethyl or ethoxymethyl, lower alkylthiomethyl, such as methyl-thiomethyl, and 2-cyanoethyl, also lower alkoxy-lower alkoxymethyl, such as 2-methoxy-ethoxymethyl, benzyloxymethyl and phenacyl. The removal of the protecting groups is effected in accordance with known methods. For example, triphenylmethyl is customarily removed by means of hydrolysis, especially in the presence of an acid, for example in the presence of hydrogen halide, advantageously in an inert solvent, such as a haloalkane or an ether, for example in dichlorornethane or dioxane, and with heating, or by hydrogenolysis in the presence of a hydrogenation catalyst, 4-nitrobenzyl is removed, for example, by hydrogenolysis in the presence of a hydrogenation catalyst, methoxymethyl or ethoxymethyl is removed, for example, by treatment with a tri-lower alkyltin bromide, such as triethyl- or tributyl-tin bromide, methylthiomethyl is removed, for example, by treatment with trifluoroacetic acid, 2-cyanoethyl is removed, for example, by hydrolysis, for example with sodium hydroxide solution, 2-methoxyethoxyrnethyl is removed, for example, by hydrolysis, for example with hydrochloric acid, and benzyloxymethyl and phenacyl are removed, for example, by hydrogenolysis in the presence of a hydrogenation catalyst.
A radical Zl that can be converted into S03H R2 is, for example, the mercapto group.
Starting compounds II having such a group are oxidised, for example, by oxidising methods known per se to form compounds I wherein R2 is S03H. Examples of suitable oxidising agents are inorganic peracids, such as peracids of mineral acids, for example periodic acid or persulfuric acid, organic peracids, such as percarboxylic or persulfonic acids, for example performic, peracetic, trifJuoroperacetic or perbenzoic acid or p-toluenepersulfonic acid, or mixtures of hydrogen peroxide and acids, for example mixtures of hydrogen peroxide and acetic acid. The oxidation is frequently carried out in the presence of suitable catalysts, there being mentioned as catalysts suitable acids, such as unsubstituted or substituted carboxylic acids, for example acetic acid or trifluoroacetic acid, or transition metal oxides, such as oxides of elements of subgroup Vl, for example molybdenum or tungsten oxide. The oxidation is carried out under mild conditions, for example at temperatures of from approximately -50 to approximately +100C.
A group that can be con~erted into PO3H2 R2 is to be understood as being, for example, a group -N2~ A-, A- being an anion of an acid, such as a mineral acid. Corresponding diazonium compounds are, ~or example, reacted in a manner known ~ se wilh a phosphorus(III) halide, such as PCl3 or PBr3, and worked up by hydrolysis, compounds I
wherein R2 is PO3H2 belng obtainable.
Compounds I wherein R2 is PO2H2 are obtained, for example, by converting Zl in acompound II wherein Z1 is a functional derivative of PO2H2 into PO2H2 in a customary manner.
A suitable radical Zl that can be converted irlto haloalkanesulfonylamino R2 is, for example, amino. For the preparation of compounds I wherein R2 is haloalkancsulfonyl-amino, for example corresponding anilines are reacted with a haloalkanesulfonic acid that has been reactively esterified in customary manner, the reaction being carried out, if desired, in the presence of a base. The preferred reactively esterified haloalkanesulfonic acid is the corresponding halide, such as the chloride or bromide.
A radical Zl that can be converted into COOH R2 is, for example, functionally modi~ied carboxy, such as cyano, esterified or amidated carboxy, hydroxymethyl or formyl.
Esterified carboxy is, for example, carboxy esterified by an unsubstituted or substituted aliphatic, cycloaliphatic or aromatic alcohol. An aliphatic alcohol is, for example, a lower alkanol, such as methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, sec-butanol or tert-butanol, while a suitable cycloaliphatic alcohol is, for example, a 3- to 8-membered cycloalkanol, such as cyclo-pentanol, -hexanol or -heptanol. An aromatic alcohol is, for example, a phenol or a heterocyclic alcohol, each of which may be substituted, especially hydroxypyridine, for example 2-, 3- or 4-hydroxypyridine.
Amidated carboxy is, for example, carbamoyl, or carbamoyl that is monosubstituted by 2 ~
hydroxy, amino or by unsubstituted or substituted phenyl, mono- or di-substituted by lower aLkya, or disubstituted by 4- to 7-membered alkylene or by 3-aza-, 3-lower alkylaza-, 3-oxa- or 3-thia-aLkylene, Examples that may be mentioned are carbamoyl, N-mono- or N,N-di-lower alkylcarbamoyl, such as N-methyl-, N-ethyl-, N,N-dimethyl-, N,N-diethyl-and N,N-dipropyl-carbamoyl, pyrrolidino- and piperidino-carbonyl, morpholino-, piperazino-, 4-methylpiperazino- and thiomorpholino-carbonyl, anilinocarbonyl and anilin~carbonyl substituted by lower alkyl, lower alkoxy andlor by h~ogen.
Prefer~ed functionally modirled carboxy is lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as methoxy- or ethoxy-carbonyl, and cyano.
Compounds I wherein R2 is carboxy can be prepared, for example, starting from compounds II wherein Zl is cyano or esterified or amidated carboxy, by means of hydrolysis, especially in the presence of a base, or, starting from compounds II wherein Z
is hydroxymethyl or formyl, by means of oxidation Tlle oxidation is carried out, for example, in an inert solvent, such as a lower alkanecarboxylic acid, for example acetic acid, a ketone, for example acetone, an ether, for example tetrahydrofuran, a hetcrocyclic aromatic compound, for example pyridine, or in water, or in a mixture thereof, if necessary while cooling or heating) for example in a temperature range of from approximately 0 to approximately +150C. Examples of suitable oxidising a~ents are oxidising transition metal compounds, especially those having elements of subgroup 1, VI
or VII. Examples that may be mentioned are: silver compounds, such as silver nitrate, oxide and picolinate, chromium compounds, such as chromium trioxide and potassium dichromate, and manganese compounds, such as potassium, tetrabutylammonium permanganate and benzyltriethylammonium permanganate. Further examples of oxidising agents are suitable compounds having elements of main group IV, such as lead dioxide, or halo-oxygen compounds, such as sodium iodate or potassium periodate.
The starting material II can be obtained by analogy with known methods, for example by reacting an acid of the forrnula H2N-X-COOH (IIa) or an ester of the formula ~2N-X-COOE (IIa'; -COOE = an ester group, for example lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as methoxy- or ethoxy-carbonyl) in the presence of a base with a compound of the formula Rl-C(=O)-Z5 (IIb; Zs = a nucleofugal leaving group, for example halogen, such aschlorine), if desired hydrolysing the ester group -COOE in the reaction product, reacting the resulting acid of the formula Rl-C(=O)-NH-X-COOH (Ilc), if desired after conversion into a reactive acid derivative, for example after reaction with N-hydroxysuccinimide, in 2~7~
the presence of a water binding agent, such as a carbodiimi(le, for example in the presence of N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, advantageously in an inert solvent, for example in an N,N-di-lower alkyl-lower aLkanoic acid amide, such as in N,N-dimethylformamide, with a compound of the formula ~ (lld) to form a compound of the formula HN -X
~HN~ (llc) which is then cyclised, for cxample in the presence of an acid, such as an organic sulfonic acid, for example in the presence of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and if desired while heating, to form a compound II.
In accordance with a preferred embodiment of Variant a) it is possible, without isolating the compounds II, to obtain compounds I wherein R2 is lH-tetrazol-S-yl direc~ly from compounds IIe wherein Zl is cyano by reacting corresponding compounds IIe, for example in an inert solvent, such as an aromatic or araliphatic hydrocarbon, for example in toluene or a xylenej preferably while heating, with an azide, for example with HN3 or, especially, a salt, such as an alkali metal salt, thereof, or with an organotin azide, such as tri-lower alkyl- or triaryl-tin azide. The azides mentioned above are preferred.
The starting material Il is also obtainable by reacting a cornpound V with a compound IId, for example in an inert solvent, such as an aromatic or araliphatic hydrocarbon, for example in toluene or a xylene, and preferably while heating, and reacting the resulting compound of the formula ~J ~ ~3 R,--~N~ (llf) with a compound IIa', for example in an inert solvent, such as an aromatic or araliphatic hydrocarbon, for exarnple in toluene or a xylene, and preferably while heating and if desired in the presence of a basic agent, such as in the presence of pyridine or triethylamine .
Furthermore, the starting rnaterial II is also obtainable by reacting a compound V with a compound IIa', for exarnple in an inert solvent, such as toluene or a xylene, and if desired in the presence of a basic agent, such as in the presence of pyridine or triethylamine, reacting the resulting compound of the formula N -X
R~ F (Iln) with a compound Ild, for example in an inert solvent, such as ~oluene or a xylene, and if desired in the presence of a basic agent, such as in the presence of pyridine or triethyl-arnine, to form a compound of the formula lIm N-X O
RlA~NH
~3 (IIm~
Zl which is then cyclised to fonn a compound lI, for example in an inert solvent, such as an aromatic or araliphatic hydroc~ bon, for exarnple in toluene or a xylene, and preferably while heating.
Finally, the starting material II is also obtainable hy reac~ing a compound of the formula 2 ~
N-X
R1~N~O (IIh) H
with a compound of the formula ~ (Ili), wherein Z6is a nucleofugal leaving group, for exarnple halogen, such as chlorine or bromine, for example in an inert solvent, such as an N,N-di-lower alkyl-lower alkanoic acid amide, for example in N,N-dimethylformamide, and preferably in the presence of a basic agent, such as an alkali metal hydride, for example in the presence of sodium or polassium hydride.
A compound Ilh is obtained, for example, by reacting a compound of the formula H2N-X-C(=O)-NH2 (lIg) with a compound V, for example in an inert solvent, such as toluene o~ a xylene, and preferably while heating, and if desired in the presence of a basic agent, such as in the presence of pyridine or triethylamine, or by reacting a compound of the formula R~-C(=NH)-Z~ (IIj; Z7= a nucleofugal leaving group, preferably loweralkoxy, such as methoxy or ethoxy) with a compound IIa', for example in an inert solvent, such as an aromatic or araliphatic hydrocarbon, for example in toluene or a xylene, and preferably while heating, and if desired in the presence of a basic agent, such as in the presence of pyridine or triethylamine, or by reacting a compound of the formula Rl-C(=NH)-NH2 (IIk) with a compound IIa' or, for the preparation of compounds IIh wherein X is a group of the formula -C(R3)R4-CH(R5)- (Ia'), with a compound of the forrnula (R3)R4C=C(Rs)-C(=O)-OE (IIo; -COOE = an ester group, for example lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as methoxy- or ethoxy-carbonyl), if desired in an inert solvent, such as toluen~ or a xylene, and if desired while heating.
Variant b):
The cyclisation is effected in a manner known per se, for example in an inert solvent, such as an aromatic or araliphatic hydrocarbon, for example in toluene or a xylene, preferably while heating, and if desired in the presence of a basic agent, such as in the presence of pyridine or triethylamine, or of an acidic agent, for example in the presence of an acid, 2 ~
such as a mincral acid or an organic carboxylic or sulfonic acid, for example in the presence of a hydrohalic acid, such as hydrochloric acid, or of acetic acid or p-toluene-sulfonic acid.
The st~ting material III can be prepared in a manner known per se, for example by reacting an acid of the formula R1-C(=O~-NH-X-COOH ~IIc), if desired after conversion into a reactive acid derivadve, for example after reaction with N-hydroxysuccinimide, in the presence of a water~binding agent, such as a carbodiimide, for example in the presence of N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, advantageously in an iner~ solYent, for example in an N,N-di-lower alkyl-lower alkanoic acid amide, such as N,N-dimethylformamide, with a compound of the formula ~ (111~), it being possible for compounds Ilc to be oblained, for example, as described in Var~ant a).
Variant c):
Unmodified or functionally modified oxo (Z2 and Z3 together) is, for example, oxa, thioxo or unsubstituted or substituted imino, such as imino, N-lower alkylimino, N-benzoylimino or N-lower alkanesulfonylimino.
A nucleofugal leaving group Z2 or Z3 or Z4 iS, for example, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, such as methoxy or ethoxy, lower al~ylthio, such as methylthio, unsubstituted or substituted amino, such as amino, N-lower alkylamino or N,N-di-lower alkylamino, or sulfonyloxy, such as unsubstituted or halogenated lower alkanesul~onyloxy or unsubstituted orsubstituted benzenesulfonyloxy, such as methane-, ethane-, trifluoromethane-, benzene- or p-toluene-sulfonyloxy. Preferred are compounds V wherein Z2~ Z3 and Z4 are loweralkoxy, such as methoxy or ethoxy, that is to say, Rl-substituted orthoesters.
The reaction of a compound IV with a compound ~ is effccted by analogy with known methods under the cwstomary reaction conditions, for example in an inert solvent, such as an aromatic or araliphatic hydrocarbon, for example in toluene or a xylene, at room temperature or while heating and if desired in the presence of an acidic agent, for example in the presence of an acid, such as a mineral acid or an organic carboxylic acid or sulfonic 2 ~ 9 acid, for example in the presence of a hydrohalic acid, such as hydrochloric acid, or of acetic acid or p-toluenesulfonic acid.
The starting material IV can be obtained in a manner known ~r _, for example by reacting an acid of the formula H2N-X-C(=O)-OH (IIa), if desired after conversion into a reactive acid derivative, ~or example after reaction with N hydroxysuccinimide, in the presence of a water-binding agent, such as a carbodiimide, for example in the presence of N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, advantageously in an inert solvent, for example in an N,N-di-lower alkyl-lower alkanoic acid amide, such as N,N-dimethylformarnide, with a compound of the formula N~ ~ (llla~.
The starting material V is known or can be prepared by analogy with known methods.
A compound I obtainable in accordance with the process or in another manner or atautomer thereof can be converted in a manner known per se into a different compound I
or a tautomer thereof.
~or example, a compound I having a hydroxy group can be etherified by methods known per se. The etherification can be carried out, for example, with an alcohol, such as a lower aL~anol, or a reactive ester thereo Examples of suitable reactive esters of the desired alcohols are those with shong inorganic or organic acids, such as corIesponding halides, sulfates, lower alkanesulfonates or unsubstituted or substituted benzenesulfonates, for example chlorides, bromides, iodides or methane-, benzene- or p-toluene-sulfonates. The etherification can be carried out, for example, in the presence of a base, for example an alkali metal hydride, hydroxide or carbonate, or of a basic amine. Conversely, corresponding ethers, such as lower alkoxy compounds, can be cleaved, for example, by means of strong acids, such as mineral acids, for example hydrobromic or hydriodic acid, which may advantageously be in the form of pyridinium halides, or by means of l,ewis acids, for example halides of elements of main group III or the corresponding subgroups.
These reactions can, if necessary, be carried out while cooling or heating, for example in a temperature range of from approximately -20 to approxima~ely ~100C, in the presence or absence of a solvent or diluent, under an inert gas andlor under pressure and if desired in a closed vessel.
3 ~ ~ ~
If one o~ the variables comprises amino, corresponding compounds I can be N-~ar~alkylated in a manner Icnown per se; carbamoyl or carbamoyl-containing radicals can likewise be N-~ar)alkylated. The ~ar)alkylation is carried out, for example, using an (aryl-)CI-C7alkyl halide, for example bromide or iodide, an (aryl-)Cl-C7alkanesulfonate, for example methanesulfonate or p-toluenesulfonate, or a di-CI-C7alkylsulfate, for example dimethylsulfate, pxeferably under basic condi~ions, such as in the presence of sodium hydroxide solution or potassium hydroxide solution, and advantageously in the presence of a phase-transfer catalyst, such as tetrabu~ylammonivm brl~mide or benzyltrimethylammonium chloride, althollgh more strongly basic condensation agents, such as alkali metal amides, hydrides or alcoholates, for example sodium amide, sodium hydride or sodium ethanolate, may be necessary.
In compounds I having as subs~ituent an esterified or amidated carboxy group, such a group can be converted into a free carboxy group, for example by means of hydrolysis, for example in the presence of a basic agent or an acidic agent, such as a rnineral acid.
Furthermore, in compounds I having as substituent a carboxy group (especially in the case where R2 is other than carboxy), that groap can be converted into an esterified carboxy group, for example by treatment with an alcohol, such as a lower alkanol, in the presence of a suitable esterifying agent, sach as an acidic reagent, for example an inorganic or organic acid or a Lewis acid, for example zinc chloride, or of a water-binding condensation agent, for example a carbodiimide, such as N,N1-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, or by treatment with a dia~o reagent, such as a diazo-lower alkane, for example diazomethane. The esterified carboxy group can also be obtained by treating compounds I
wherein the carboxy group is in free form or in the form of a salt, such as an ammonium or metal salt, for example an alkali rnetal salt, such as a sodium or potassium salt, with a Cl-C7alkyl halide, for example methyl or ethyl bromide or iodide, or an organic sulfonic acid ester, such as a corresponding Cl-C7alkyl ester, for example methanesulfonic acid or p-toluenesulfonic acid methyl ester or ethyl ester.
Compol~nds I having as substituent an esterified carboxy groap can be converted into other ester compounds I by means of transesteriQcation, for example by treatment with an alcohol, customarily with an alcohol that is higher than the alcohol corresponding to the esterified carboxy group in the starting material, in the presence of a suitable transester-if ying agent, such as a basic agent, for example an alkali metal Cl-C7alkanoate, an alkali 7 ~i ~
metal Cl-C7alkanolate or an alkali metal cyanide, such as sodium acetate, sodium methan-olate, sodium ethanolate, sodium tert-butanolate or sodium cyanide, or of'a suitable acidic agent, if desired with the removal of the resulling alcohol, for example by means of distillation. It is also possible to use as starting material corresponding, so-called activated esters I having as substituent an activated esterified carboxy group (see below) and to convert the latter into a different ester by treatment with a Cl-C7alkanol.
In compounds I having a carboxy group as substituent, it is also possible first to convert that group into a reactive derivative~ such as an anhy~ride (including a mixed anhydride), an acid halide, for example an acid chloride (for example by treatment with a thionyl halide, for example thionyl chloride,~, an anhydride with a formic acid ester, for example a formic acid Cl-C7alkyl ester (for example by treatment of a salt, such as an ammonium salt or an alkali metal salt, with a haloformic, such as chloroformic, acid ester, such as Cl-C7alkyl ester), or an activated ester, such as cyanornethyl ester, ni~rophenyl ester, for example 4-nitrophenyl ester, or a polyhalophenyl ester, for example pentachlorophenyl ester (for example by treatment with a corresponding hydroxy compound in the presellce of a suitable condensation agent, such as N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide) and then to react such a reactive derivative with an amine to obtain amide compounds I having an amidated carboxy group as sllbstituent. The amide compounds I can be obtained directly or by way of intermediate compounds; thus it is possible first to react, for example, an activated ester, such as a 4-nitrophenyl ester, of a compound I havinp, a carboxy group with a l-unsubstituted imidazole and to react the resulting 1-imidazolylcarbonylcompound with an amine. It is, however, also possible to react other, non-activated esters, such as Cl-C7alkyl esters, of compounds I with amines.
If an aromatic ring has as substituent a hydrogen atom, the latter can be replaced by a halogen atom in customary manner using a halogenating agent, for example by bromine using bromine, hypobromic acid, an acyl hypobromite or another organic bromine compound, for example N-bromosuccinimide, N-bromoacetamide, N-bromoph~halimide, pyridinium perbromide, dioxane dibromide, 1,3-dibromo-5,5-dimethylhydantoin or 2,4,4,6-tetrabromo-2,5-cyclohexanedien-l-one, or by chlorine llsing elemental chloline, for example in a halogenated hydrocarbon, SUCll as chloroform, an(i while cooling, for example to approximately -10C.
If an aromatic ring comprises an amino group, the amino group can be diazotiscd in customary manner, for example by treatment with a nitrite, for example sodium nitrite, in 2~7~ -the presence of a suitable protonic acid, for example a mineral acid, the reac~ion temperature advantageously being maintained at below approximately 5C. The diazonium group so obtainable, which is in salt forrn, can be substituted in accordance with c~lstomary methods, for example as follows: by the hydroxy group by analogy with the boiling down of phenol in the presence of water; by an alkoxy group by treatment with a corresponding alcohol, the supply of energy being required; by the fluorine atom by analogy with the Schiemann reaction in the thermal decomposition of corresponding diazonium tetrafluoroborates; or by chlorine, bromine, iodine or the cyano group by analogy with the Sandmeyer reaction by reaction wi~h corresponding Cu~I) salts, first o~
all with cooling, for example to below approximately 5C, and then with heating, for example to from approximately 60 to approximately 150C.
If the compounds I comprise unsaturated radicals, such as lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl groupings, those groupings can be converted in a manner known per se into saturated radicals. For example the hydrogenation of multiple bonds is effected by catalytic hydrogenation in the presence of hydrogenation catalyst~s, there being suitable for the purpose, for example, nickels, such as Raney nickel, and nohle metals and their derivatives, t`or example oxides, such as palladium or platinum oxide, which may, if desired, have been applied to carrier materials, for example to carbon or calcium carbonate. The hydrogenation is preferably carried out at pressures of from approximately 1 to approximately 100 atm and at temperatures of from approximately -80 to approximately +200C, especially from room temperature to approximately lûOC. The reaction is advantageously carried out in a solvent, such as water, a lower alkanol, for example ethanol, isopropanol or n-butanol, an ether, for example dioxane, or a lower alkanecarboxylic acid, for example acetic acid.
The invention relates especially to the processes described in the Examples.
Salts of compounds I can be prepared in a manner known per se. For example acid addition salts of compounds I are obtained by treatment with a suitable acid or a suitable ion-exchange reagent. Salts of compounds I can be converted into the free compounds I in customary manner, acid addition salts for example by treatment with a suitable basic agent or a suitable ion-exchange reagent.
Salts of compounds I can be converted into other salts of compounds I in a manner known per se.
Depending upon the procedure and the reaction conditions, compounds I having salt-forming, especia'ly basic, properties, can be obtained in free form or in the form of salts.
In view of the close relationship between the compounds I in free forrn and in the form of their salts, hereinbefore and hereinafter any reference to the free compounds I or their salts should be understood as including the corresponding salts or free compounds 1, respectively, as appropriate and expedient.
The compounds I, including the salts of salt-forming compounds, may also be obtained in the form of their hydrates and/or may include other solvents, for example solvents used for crystallisation .
Dependin~ upon ~he starting materials and procedures chosen, the compounds I and their salts may be in the form of one of the possible isomers or in the form of a mixturc thereof, for example, depending on the number and the absolute and relative contïguration of the asymmetric carbon atoms, in the forrn of pure isomers, such as antipodes and/or diastereo-isomers, or in the form of mixtures of isomers, such as mixtures of enantiomers, for example racemates, mixtures of diastereoisomers or mixtures of racemates.
Mixtures of diastereoisomers and mixtures of racemates that are obtained can be separated in known manner into the pure diastereoisomers or racemates on the basis of the physicochemical differences between the constituents, for example by fractional crystall-isation. Mixtures of enantiomers that are obtained, such as racemates, can be separated in accordance with known methods into the optical antipodes, for example by recrystallisation from an optically active solvent, chromatography on chiral adsorbents, with the aid of suitable microorganisms, by cleavage with specific immobilised enzymes, by the formation of inclusion compounds, for example using chiral crown ethers, only one enantiomer being complexed, or by conversion into diastereoisomeric salts, for example by reaction of a basic end product racemate with an optically active acid, such as carboxylic acid, for exan~ple tartaric acid or malic acid, or sulfonic acid, ~or example camphorsulfonic acid, and separation of the mixture of dias~ereoisomers obtained in that manner, for example on the basis of their different solubilities, into the diastereoisomers from which the desired enantiomer can be freed by the action of suitable agents.Advantageously, the more active enantiomer is isolated.
The invention relates also to those forms of t~le process in which a compound obtainable as intermediate at any stage of the process is used as starting material and the remaining steps are carried out, or in which a starting material is used in the form of a derivative or salt and/or racemates or antipodes thereof or, especially, is formed under the reaction conditions.
The starting materials and intermediates used in the process of the present invention are preferably those which result in the compounds I described at the beginning as being especially valuable. The invention relates also to novel starting materials and intermediates for the preparation o~ compounds I, their use and a method for their preparation, the variables Rl, R2 and X and the rings A and B being as defined for the compounds I.
The compounds I and their pharrnaceutically acceptable salts can be used, preferably in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable preparations, in a method for the prophylactic and/or therapeutic treatment of the animal or human body, especially as antihypertensive drugs.
The invention therefore relates also to pharmaceutical compositions that comprise as active ingredient a compound ~ in free form or in the form of a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt, and to a process for the preparation thereof. Such pharmaceutical compositions are for enteral, such as oral, and rectal or parenteral administration to warrn-blooded animals, the compositions comprising the pharmacological active ingredient alone or together with customary pharmaceutical excipients. The pharmaceutical compositions comprise, for example, from approximately 0.1 % to 100 %, preferably from approximately 1 % to approximately 60 %, active ingredient.
Pharmaceutical compositions for enteral and parenteral administration are, for example, those in unit dose form~ such as dragées, tablets, capsules or suppositories, and also ampoules. They are manufactured in a manner known ~ se, for example by means of conventional mixing, granulating, confectioning, dissolving or Iyophilising processes.
Thus, pharmaceutical compositions for oral use can be obtained by combining the active ingredient with solid carAers, optionally granulating a resulting mixture, and processing the mixture or granules, if desired or necessary, after the addition of suitable excipients, to form tablets or dragée cores.
2~7~
Suitable carriers are especially fillers, such as sugars, for example lactose, saccharose, mannitol or sorbitol, cellulose preparations and/or calcium phosphates, for example tri-calcium phosphate or calcium hydrogen phosphate, also binders, swch as starch pastes using, for example, corn, wheat, rice or potato starch, gelatin, tragacanth, methylcellulose and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone, and if desired disintegrators, such as the above-mentioned starches, also carboxymethyl skarch, cross-linked poly~inylpyrrolidone, agar or alginic acid or a salt thereof, such as sodium alginate. Excipients are especially flow conditioners and lublicants, for example silicic acid, talc, stearic acid or salts thereof, such as magnesium or calcium stearate, andlor polyethylene glycol. Dragée cores are provided with suitable non-enteric or enteric coatings, there being used, intcr alia, concentrated sugar solutions which may contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyethylene glycol and/or titanium dioxide, or coating solutions in suitable organic solvenls or solvent mixtures, or, for the production of enteric coatings, solutions of suitable cellulose preparations, such as acetylcellulose phthalate or hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phlhalate, ~olourings or pigments may be added to the tablets or dragée coatings, for example for identification purposes or to indicate different doses of active ingredient.
Further orally administrable pharrnaceutical compositions are dry-~llled capsules consisting of gelatin, and also soft, sealed capsules consisting of gelatin and a plasticiser, such as glycerol or sorbitol. The dry-filled capsules may contain the active ingredient in the form of gram~les, for example in admixture with fillers, such as lactose, binders, such as starches, and/or glidants, such as talc or magnesium stearate, and optionally stabilisers.
In soft capsules, the active ingredient is preferably dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, paraff1n oil or liquid polyethylene glycols, to which stabilisers may likewise be added.
There come into consideration as rectally administrable pharmaceutical compositions, for example, suppositories that consist of a combination of the active ingredient and a supposito.-y base. Suitable suppository bases are, for example, natural or synthetic triglycerides, parafF~n hydrocarbons, polyethylene glycols or higher alkanols. It is also possible to use gelatin rectal capsules that contain a combination of the active ingredient and a base material. Suitable base materials are, tor example, liquid triglycerides, polyethylene glycols and paraffin hydrocarbons.
Suitable for parenteral administration are especially aqueous solutions of an active ingredient in water-soluble form, for examplc in the form of a water-soluble salt, and also 2 ~
suspensions of the active ingredient, such as corresponding oily injection suspensions, there being used suitable lipophilic solvents or ~ehicles, such as fatty oils, for example sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, for example ethyl oleate or triglycerides, or aqueous injection suspensions that comprise viscosity-increasing substances, for example sodium carboxymethylcellulose, sorbitol and/or dextran, and, optionally, also stabilisers.
The dose of the active ingredient may depend upon various factors, such as method of administration, the species of warm-blooded animal, age andtor individual condition. In normal cases, the approximate daily dose for a patien~ weighing about 75 kg is estimated t~ be, in the case of oral administration, from approximately 10 mg to approxlmately 250 mg.
The following Examples illustrate ~he invention described above but are not intended to limit the scope thereof in any way. Temperatures are given in degrees Celsius.
Example 1: While stirring, a solution of 7.5~ g (20 mmol) of 2-methyl-2-pentanoylamino-propionic acid N-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl)amide and 10.6 g ~32 mmol) of tributyl~in azide in 100 ml of o-xylene is heated under reflux for 40 hours. After cooling, 80 ml of lN
sodium hydroxide solution are added to the reaction mixture and ~he mix~ure is stirred for from 2 to 3 hours. The aqueous phase is separated off and ~he pH is brought to from 3 to 4 with lN hydrochloric acid. The oil that separates is extracted with ethyl acetate and the resulting crude product is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel 60, 40-63 ~,lm, toluene/isopropanol/glacial acetic acid = 170130/2). The fractions having an Rf value of 0.29 in that system are combined and concentrated by evaporation and the residue is recrystallised from isopropanol, yielding 2-(n-butyl)-4~4-dimethyl-S-oxo-1-[2~-(lH-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-lH-in1idazole having a melting point of 1~1-182.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
a) 2-amino-2-methylpropionic acid methyl ester hydrochloride and pentanoyl chloride are reacted in dioxane/Hunig base to form 2-methyl-2-pentanoylaminopropionic acid methyl ester. The latter is hydrolysed in its crude ~orm in dioxane with 2N sodium hydroxide solution to form 2-methyl-2-pentanoylaminopropionic acid [m.p.: 144-148 (from ethyl acetate)].
b) 7.5 g (63 mmol) of N-hydroxysuccinimide and 9.6 g (47 mmol) of N,N'-dicyclohexyl-2V~7~9 carbodiimide are added to a solution of 7.5 v ~40 mmol) of 2-methyl-2-pentanoylamino-propionic acid in 100 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide. The mixture is stirred for 15 minutes, then a solution of 8.3 g (40 mmol) of 4-aminomethyl-2'-cyanobiphenyl in 20 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide is added and the reac~ion mixture is then stirred for 24 hours at room temperature. The resulting precipitate is f1ltered off and the filtrate is concentrated by evaporation in vacuo. The resulting residue is partitioned between ethyl acetate ~nd 2N sodiam hydroxide solution and the organic phase is separated off, dried and concentrated by evaporation, yielding 2-methyl-2-pentanoylaminopropionic acid N-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl)amide in the form of a yellow oil that gradually solidifies to form crystals and can be used further in its crude ~orm.
~xample 2: 5 ml of 2N hydrochloric acid are added to a solution of 1.3 g (2 mmol) of 2-(n-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-5-oxo-1-[2'-(1-triphenylmethyl-lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole in 3~) ml of dioxane and the mixture is heated for from 2 to 3 hours at 80. The dioxane is evaporated off and the residue is partitioncd between 10 ml of 2N sodium hydroxide solution and 30 ml of ethyl acetate. Working up of the sodium hydroxide solution extract analogously to Example 1 yields 2-(n-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-5-oxo-1-[2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl}-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole ~m.p.: 181-1~2 (from isopropanol)~.
The starting material can be obtained, for example, as follows:
a) l-ethoxy- I -iminopentane and 2-amino-2-methylpropionic acid ethyl ester are reacted to form 2-(n-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole, which is obtained in the forrn of an oil [Rf = 0.33 (toluene/isopropanollconcentrated ammonia = 170/3012)].
b) While stirring at from S to 10, 0.95 g (20 mmol) of a sodium hydride suspension (50 %
in oil) is added in portions to a solution of 3.4 g (20 mmol) of 2-tn-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-S-oxo-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole in 50 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide. The mixture is then stirred for 1 hour at room temperature and then a solution of 5.6 g (10 mmol) of 2'-(1-tri-phenylmethyl-lE~-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl bromide in 20 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide is added. The reaction mix~ure is stirred for from 18 to 24 hollrs at an internal temperature of 20, and then neutralised with acetic acid and, after the solvent has been evaporated off, partitioned between ethyl acetate and water.
Concentration of the organic phase by evaporation yields 2-(n-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-5-oxo-l-E2'-(1-triphenylmethyl-lH-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole which is used further in its crude form.
2 ~
Example 3: A solution of 2.4 g (6 mmol) of 2-(n-butyl)-3-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4-oxo-1,3-diazaspiro[4.5)dec-1-ene and 3.6 g (10.8 mmol) of tributyltin azide in S0 ml of o-xylene is heated under reflux for 36 hours. Working up analogously to Example 1 using S0 ml of lN potassium hydroxide solution yields an oil, frorn which, after the addition of a small amount of ethyl acetate, 2-(n-butyl)-4-oxo-3-[2'-(lH-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyll-1,3-diazaspiro[4.5]dec-l-ene [m.p.: 145-153 (sintering from 112)]
crystallises out.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
a) In the course of lS minutes, while stirring at room temperature, 14.5 g ~120 mmol) of pentanoyl chloride are added to a suspension of 14.3 g (100 mmol) of I-amino-l-carboxy-cyclohexane and 26 g (200 mmol) of Hunig base in 400 ml of tetrahydrofuran. Thc mixture is stirred for from 20 to 25 hours, the solvent is evaporated olf, 100 ml of wa~er are added to the residue and the mixture is stirred for 1 hour. The crystallinc residue is filtered off and dried in vacuo. The resulting crude 1-carboxy-1-pentanoylarninocyclo-hexane has a melting point of 148-154 and can be processed further without filr~hcr purification.
b) A mixture of 4.55 g (20 mmol) of 1-carboxy-1-pentanoylamino-cyclohexane, 3.45 g (30 mmol) of N-hydroxysuccinimide, 4.74 g ~23 mmol) of N,N'-dicyclohcxylcarbodiimide and S0 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide is stirred for 20 minutes at room temperature. A
solution of 4.2 g (20 mmol) of 4-aminomethyl-2'-cyanobiphenyl in 10 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide is added to the resulting suspension and the mixture is stirred for 24 hours. Working up analogously to Example Ib) yields 1-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl-aminocarbonyl)-l-pentanoylaminocyclohexane, which gradually solidifies to form crystals and can be processed further in its crude form. A sample recrystallised from ethyl acetate has a melting point of 135-137.
c) A mixture of 5.9 g (14 mmol) of crude 1-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethylamino-carbonyl)-1-pentanoylaminocyclohexane, 2.8 g (14 mmol) of p-toluenesulfonic acidmonohydrate and lS0 ml of xylene mixture is heated under reflux using a water separator.
After 3 hours the water separator is replaced by a descending condenser and S0 ml of xylene are distilled off. The remaining solvent is distilled off in vacuo (approximately 1 mm ~Ig). The residue is partitioned between 20 ml of 2N sodium hydroxide solution and 200 ml of ethyl acetate. The residue obtained when the ethyl acetate has been evaporated 2~7~
off is subjected tO flash chromatography on silica gel with hexanelethyl acetate (712). The product-containing fractions (Rf = 0.12) are combined and concentrated by evaporation, yielding 2-(n-butyl~-3-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4-oxo- 1,3-diazaspiro[4.5]dec- 1-ene in the form of a pale brown oil.
Example 4: A solution of O.S9 g (1.6 mmol) of 1-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4,4-diethyl-5-oxo-2-(n-propyl)-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole and 0.7 g (2.1 mmol) of tributyltin azide in 20 ml of xylene, mixture is heated under reflux for 48 hours, a further 0.3 g of tributyltin azide being added aftes 1~ hours. Working up analogously to Example 1 using 15 ml of 2N potassium hydroxide solution and purification by flash chromatography yield 4,4-diethyl-S-oxo-2-~n-propyl)- 1 -[2 ' -(1 H-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole in the form of a colourless amorphous solid [Rf =
0.42 (toluene/isopropanoVglacial acetic acid = 170/3012)].
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
a) Analogously to Example 3a~ there is obtained from 2-amino-2-ethylbutanoic acid and butanoyl chloride 2-butanoylamino-2-ethylbutanoic acid [m.p.: 161-162 (frorn water)].
b) While stining, 2.6 g (12.5 mmol) of N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide are added to a solution of 2.15 g (10.7 mmol) of 2-butanoylamino-2-ethylbutanoic acid and 2.0 g(16.7 mmol) of N-hydroxysuccinimide in 50 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide. After 20 minutes, a solution of 2.4 g (11 mmol) of 4-aminomethyl-2'-cyanobiphenyl in 20 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide is added. The reaction mixture is stirred for from 20 to 24 hours and ~hen worked up analogously to Example lb) to yield 2-butanoylamino-2-ethylbutanoic acid N-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl)amide in the form of an oil [Rf = 0.35 (toluene/:
isopropanollconcentrated ammonia = 170/30/2~], which can be processed further in its crude form.
c) 2.0 g (lO.S mmol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate are added to a solution of 4.1 g (10.5 mmol) of 2-butanoylamino-2-ethylbutanoic acid N-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl)amide in 100 ml of xylene mixture, and the reaction mixture is heated under reflux using a water separator. After 6 hours the reaction mixlure is worked up analogously to Example 3c) and the crude product is subjected to flash chromatography on 400 g of silica gel (toluene/methanol = 19/1). The product-containing fractions (Rf = 0.15) are combined and concentrated by evaporation, yielding 1-~2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4,4-diethyl-S-oxo-2-(n-propyl)-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole in the form of a 7 ~ ~
yellowish oil.
~xample 5 A solution of 0.33 g (1.0 mmol) of 5-(n-butyl)-3-oxo-4-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl~-2,3-dihydro-4H-1,2,4-triazole and 0.43 g (1.3 mmol) of tributyltin azide in S ml of o-xylene is heated under reflux for 2~ hours. The reaction mixture is diluted with 10 ml of toluene, 4 ml of lN sodium hydroxide solution are added and the reaction mixture is stirred for 2 hours. The aqueous phase is separated off, adjustcd to pH 3 to 4 with acetic acid and extracted witb ethyl acetate. After drying and evaporating off the solvent an oil is obtained from which 5-(n-butyl)-3-oxo-4-[2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-2,3-dihydro-4H-1,2,4-triazole gradually crystallises out [m.p.: 213-215 (from acetonitrile)] .
The starting material carl be prepared, for example, as follows:
a) A solution of ~.16 g (20 mmol) of 4-aminomethyl-2'-cyanobiphenyl and 7.0 ml of 1,1,1-trimethoxypentane in 40 ml of toluene is heated under reflux for from 10 to 12 hours. Concentration by evapora~ion in vacuo yields l-[N-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl)imino]-1-methoxypentane in the form of an oil that is processed furlher in its crude form.
b) 1.3 g (approx. 4 mmol) of crude 1-[N-(2'-cyanobiphenyl4-yln1ethyl)imino]-l-methoxy-pentane and 0.5 g (5 mmol) of ethoxycarbonylhydrazine are heated under reflux for 20 hours in 10 ml of toluene. Washing of the cooled solution, first with 5 ml of aqueous lN methanesulfonic acid solution and then with saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, and concentration of the organic phase by evaporation yield an oil from which S-(n-butyl)-3-oxo-4-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-2,3-dihydro-4H- 1,2,4-triazolegradually crystallises out [m.p.: 134-135 (from acetonitrile)].
Example 6: A solution of 3.7 g (10.3 mmol) of 2-(n-butyl)-I-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4,4-dimethyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole and 4.4 g (13 mmol) of tributyltin azide in 40 ml of o-xylene is heated under reflux for 26 hours. Working up analogously to Example 1 yields a crude product from which there is obtained by recrystallisation from ethyl acetate 2-(n-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-5-oxo-1-[2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole having a melting point of 180-I81.
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
A solution of 7.5 g (20 mmol) of 2-methyl-2-pentanoylaminopropionic acid N-(2'-cyano-7 ~ ~
biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)amide and 4.0 g (2Q mmol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid in 200 ml of toluene is heated under reflux fos 12 hours using a water separator. The reaction mixture is then stirred with 20 ml of 2N sodium hydroxide solution and the toluene phase isseparated off, washed with water, dAed and concentrated by evaporation in vacllo. The resulting crude product is subjected to flash chromatography on silica gel (toluene/-methanol = 19/1)~ The product-containing fractions (Rf = 0.22) are combined and concentrated by evaporation, yielding 2-(n-butyl)-1-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4,4-dimethyl-S-oxo-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole in the form of a colourless oil.
Example 7: At room temperature, 4.4 ml of a solution of hydrogen chloride in ethanol (lON) are added to a solution of 2-(n-butyl)-4,~-dimethyl-6-oxo-1-[2~-(1-triphenylmethyl-l~-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyAmidine (2.90 g, 4.4 mmol) in 10 ml of CH2CI2. After 30 minutes the reaction mixture is concentrated by evaporation _n vacuo, toluene is added to the residue and the mixture is again concentrated hy evaporation in vacuo. After the addition of ethyl acetate, the mixture is filtered and the filter cake is recrystallised from acetonitAle. After drying in vacuo at 100 lhere remains 2-(n-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-6-oxo- 1-[2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylme~hyl]- 1,4,5,6-tetra-hydropyrimidine hydrochloride [m.p.: 245 (decomposition)].
The starting material can be prepared, for e~ample, as follows:
a) 3,3-dimethylacrylic acid ethyl ester (5.06 ml, 36.44 mmol) and valeric amidine (3.65 g, 36.44 mmol) are stirred at room temperature for I2 hours. After concentration byevaporation in vacuo, the residue is dissolved in 20 ml of ethanol and 6 ml of a solution of hydrogen chlorAde in ethanol (lON) are added to the solution. The precipitate is filtered off and the filter cake is recrystallised from ethanol, yielding 2-~n-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrirmidine hydrochloAde (m.p.: 215-218).
b) NaH (80 % in white oil; 0.36 g, 11.9 mmol) is added to a solution of 2-(n-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-6-oxo- 1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidine hydrochloride (1.30 g,5.94 mmol) in 20 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide. The suspension is stirred for 1 hour at room temperature, and then a solution of 2'-(1-tAphenylmethyl-lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl bromide (3.31 g, 5.94 mmol) in 25 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide is added dropwise and the reaction mixture is stirred for 12 hours at room temperature. After concentration by evaporation in vacuo the residue is partitioned between water and ethyl acetate and the organic phase is dAed over Na2SO4 and concentratcd by evaporation ln vacuo. ~lash chromatography (silica gel 60, 40-63 ~,~m, CH2CI2/CH3~)H = 95/5) yields 2-(n-butyl)-4,4-2~7~
dimethyl-6-oxo-1-[2'-(1-triphenylmethyl-lH-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidine which is further processed directly.
Example 8: Starting from 2-(n-butyl)-S,S-dimethyl-6-oxo-1-[2'-~1-triphenylmethyl-lH-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidine, there is obtained in the manner described in Example 7 2-(n-butyl)-S,S-dimethyl-6-oxo-1-E2'-(lH-tetrazol-S-yl)-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]- 1,4,5 ,6-tetrahydropyrimidine hydrochloride [m .p.: 187-1 g 1 (decomposition)] .
The starting material can be obtained, for example, as follows:
a) 3-amino-2,2-dimethylpropionic acid ethyl ester (1.45 g, 10 mmol) and valeric amidine (1.0 g, 10 mmol) are stirred under reflux for 6 hours. After concentration by evaporation, the residue is partitioned between water and ethyl acetate and the organic phase is dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated by evaporation in vacuo. Flash chromatography (silica gel 60, 4û-63 llm, ethyl acetate) yieldg 2-(n-butyl)-S,S-dime~hyl-6-oxo-1,4,5,6-tetrahydro-pyrimidine wllich is con~erted into the hydrochloride by treatment with a solution of hydro~en chloride in ether and processed further directly in that form.
b) Alkylation of 2-~n-butyl)-5,5-dimethyl-6-oxo-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyriMidine hydrochloride with 27-(l-triphenylmethyl-1~-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylme~hyl bromide, followed by flash chromato"raphy in the manner described in Example 7b), yields 2-(n-butyl)-5,5-dimethyl-6-oxo-1-[2'-(1-triphenylmethyl-lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl-methyl]- 1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidine, which is processed further directly.
Example 9: A solu~ion of S.0 g (13 mmol) of 2-(n-butyl)-3-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4-oxo-1,3-diazaspiro[4.4]non-1-ene and 5.6 g (16.9 mmol) of tributyltin azide in 100 ml of o-xylene is heated under reflux for 40 hours. Working up analogously to Example 1 yields a partially crystalline crude product the crystalline portion of which, afterrecrystallisation from isopropanol, yields pure 2-(n-butyl)-4-oxo-3-[2'-(lH-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-1,3-diazaspiro[4.4]non-1-ene (m.p.: 181-183).
The starting material can be prepared, ~or example, as follows:
a) 1-amino-1-benzyloxycarbonylcyclopentane is reacted with pentanoyl chloride to form 1-benzyloxycarbonyl-1-pentanoylaminocyclopentane (m.p.: 46-48).
b) Catalytic debenzylation of l-benzyloxycarbonyl-l-pentanoylaminocyclopentane by means of Pd/C (10%) in melhanol yields l-carboxy-l-pentanoylaminocyclopentane (m.p.:
192-194).
c) Analogously to Example 3b) there is obtained using 4.26 g (20 mmol) of l-carboxy-1-pentanoylaminocyclopentane 1-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethylaminocarbonyl)-1-pentanoylaminocyclopentane ~m.p.: 140-142~ (from ethyl acetate)].
d) A solution of 7.3 g (1~ mmol) of 1-~2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethylaminocarbonyl)-1-pentanoylaminocyclopentane and 3.5 g (18.4 mmol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid mono-hydrate in lS0 ml of toluene is heated under reflux for 20 hours u~ing a wateI separator.
Working up analogously to Example 3c) yields crude 2-(n-butyl)-3-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4-oxo-1,3-diazaspiro[4.4]non-1-ene in the form of a yellowish oil [Rf - 0.61 (toluene/isopropanoVconcentrated ammonia = 170/30/2)], which is reac~ed further without additional purification.
Example 10: A solution of O.9S g (2.4 mmol) of 2-(n-blllyl)-1-(2'-cyanobiphellyl-4-ylmethyl)-4,4-diethyl-S-oxo-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole and 1.22 g (3.6 mmol) of tributyltin azide in 10 ml of o-xylene is heated under reflux for 48 hours. Working up analogously to Example 1 yields a crude product from which there is obtained by recrystallisation from ethyl acetateldiethyl ether 2-(n-butyl)-4,4-diethyl-S-oxo- 1-~2'-(1 H-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyll-4,5-dihydro- lH-imidazole (m.p.: 120-121).
The starting material can be prepared, for example, as follows:
a) Analogously to Example 3a) there is obtained from 2-amino-2-ethylbutanoic acid and pentanoyl chloride 2-ethyl-2-pentanoylaminobutanoic acid in the form of an oil lRf = 0.27 (toluene/methanol = 4/1)], which is reacted further without additional purification.
b) Analogously to Example 4b) there is obtained from 2-ethyl-2-pentanoylaminobutanoic acid 2-ethyl-2-pentanoylaminobutanoic acid N-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl)amide in the form of an oil [Rf = 0.46 (toluene/isopropanoVconcentrated ammonia = 170/30/2)], which is purified by means of flash chromatography (toluene/methanol = 4011).
c) A solution of 1.0 g (2.46 mmol) of 2-ethyl-2-pentanoylaminobutanoic acid N-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmcthyl)amide and 0.52 g (2.7 mmol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid mono-hydrate in S0 ml of o-xylene is heated under reflux for 4~ hours using a water separator.
The cooled reaction mixture is diluted with 50 ml of ethyl acetate and rendered alkaline 2~7~9 with 10 ml of 2N sodium hydroxide solution. The organic phase is washed in sllccession with water and brine, dried and concentrated by eYaporation in ~/acuo~ The 2-(n-blJtyl)-1-(2'-cyanobiphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4,4-die~hyl-5-oxo-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole obtained in the form of an oil [Rf = 0.45 (to!uene/methanol = 4/1)] is reacted further without additional purification.
Example 11: The following compounds can be prepared in a manner analogous to that described in any one of the preceding Examples:
1. 2-(n-butyl)-6-oxo-1-[2'-(lH-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-1,4,5,6-tetrahydro-pyrimidine, 2. 2-~n-butyl)-6-oxo-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1-[2'-(lH-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-1 ,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidine, 3 . 2-(n-butyl)-4-isopropyl-S-oxo- 1-[2' -(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole, 4. 1~3-di-(n-butyl)-S-oxo-4-12'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-l,S-dihydro-4H-1,2,4-triazole, 5. 4,4-dimethyl-S-oxo-2-(n-propyl)-1-[2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro- 1 H-imidazole, 6. 4,4-dimethyl-S-oxo-2-~n-pentyl)-1-[2'-(lH-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl3-4,5-dihydro- 1 H-imidazole, 7. 2-(n-butyl)-4-isopropyl-4-methyl-S-oxo- 1-~2' -(1 H-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole, 8. 3-(n-butyl)-1-methyl-S-oxo-4-[2'-(lH-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethylJ-l,S-dihydro-4H- 1 ,2,4-triazole, 9. 2-(n-butyl)-4-methyl~S-oxo-l-E2'-(lH-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole, 10. 2-(n-butyl)-4-ethyl-5-oxo-1-[2'-(lH-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-IH-imidazole and 11. 2-(n-butyl)-5-oxo-1-[2'-(lH-tetrazol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole, in each case in free form or in the form of a salt, for example in the form of the hydrochloride.
Example 12: Tablets, each comprising SO mg of active ingredient, for example 2-(n-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-S-oxo- 1-~2'-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole, can be prepared as follows:
2 ~ 7 ~ ~
Composition (for 10 000 tablets):
ac~ive ingredient S00.0 g lactose S00.0 g potato starch 352.0 g gelatin 8.0 g talcurn 60.0 g magnesium stearate 10.0 g silica (highly dispersed) 20.0 g ethanol q.s.
The active ingredient is mixed with the lactose and 292 g of the potato starch, and the mixture is moistened with an alcoholic solution of the gelatin and granulated th~ough a sieve. After dryirlg~ the remaining potato starch, the talcum, the magnesium stearate and the highly dispersed silica are mixed in and the mixture is compressed to fonn tablets which each weigh 145.0 mg and comprise 50.0 mg of active ingredient, and which may, if desired, be provided with breaking notches for finer adaptation of the dose.
Example 13: Film-coated tablets, each comprising 100 mg of active ingredient, for example 2-(n-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-S-oxo-1-[2'-(lH-te~razol-S-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-lH-imidazole, can be prepared as follows:
Composition (for 1000 tablets):
active ingredient 100.00 g lactose 100.00 g corn starch 70 00 g talcum 8.50 g calcium stearate 1.50 g hydroxypropylmethylcellulose 2.36 g shellac 0.64 g water q.s.
dichloromethane q.s.
The active ingredient, the lactose and 40 g of tlle corn starch are mixed, and the mixture is moistened with a paste, prepared from lS g of the corn starch and water (with heating), and granulated. The granules are dried, the remaining corn starch, the talcum ancl the 2~7~9 calcium stearate are added and mixed with the gramlles. The mixture is compressed to form tablets (weight: 280 mg), which are film-coated with a solution of the hydroxy-propylmethylcellulose and the shellac in dichloromethane (final weight of the film-coated tablet: 283 mg).
Example 14: In a manner analogous to that described in Examples 12 and 13, it is also possible to prepare tablets and film-coated tablets comprising a different compound I or a tautomer of a compound I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound I or of a tautomer of a compound I, for example in accordance with any one of Examples 1 to 11.
Claims (33)
1. A compound of the formula (I), wherein X is the group of the formula -C(R3)R4-[C(R5)R6]p-[C(R7)R8]q- (Ia) or the group of the formula -N(R9)-(Ib), R1 is unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substituted lower alkyl, lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl, it being possible for the substituents to be selected from the group consisting of hydroxy and halogen; cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, phenyl-lower alkyl, phenyl-lower alkenyl or phenyl-lower alkynyl, R2 is carboxy, 1H-tetrazol-5-yl, SO3H, PO2H2, PO3H2 or haloalkanesulfonylamino, either R3, R4, R5, R6, R7 and R8,independently of one another, are hydrogen, unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substituted lower alkyl, lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl, it being possible for the substituents to be selected from the group consisting of halogen, free or etherified hydroxy, free or esterified or amidated carboxy and unsubstituted or substituted amino; free or esterified or amidated carboxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, an aliphatic hydrocarbon radical interrupted by 0, or an aromatic radical, or one of the three pairs of variables R3/R4, R5/R6 and R7/R8 is a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon radical and the variables of the other two pairs, independently of one another, are as defined above, R9 is hydrogen or unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substituted lower alkyl, lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl, it being possible for the substituents to be selected from the group consisting of free or etherified hydroxy and free or esterified or amidated carboxy, the indices p and q, independently of one another, are 0 or 1 and the rings A and B, independently of one another, are unsubstituted or substituted, or, if appropriate, a tautomer thereof, in each case in free form or in the form of a salt.
2. A compound of formula I according to claim 1, wherein X is the group Ia or the group Ib, R1 is unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substituted lower alkyl, lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl, it being possible for the substituents to be selected from the group consisting of hydroxy and halogen; cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl phenyl-lower alkyl, phenyl-lower alkenyl or phenyl-lower alkynyl, R2 is carboxy, 1H-tetrazol-5-yl, SO3H, PO2H2, PO3H2 or haloalkanesulfonylamino, either R3, R4, R5, R6, R7 and R8, independently of one another, are hydrogen, unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substituted lower alkyl, lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl, it being possible for the substituted to be selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, lower alkenyloxy, carboxy, carboxyesterified by an alcohol the alcoholic hydroxy function of which is bonded to lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl or to lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl; carbamoyl the amino group of which is unsubstituted or mono- or di-substituted by identical or different substituents selected from lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl, lower alkoxy-lower allcyl and phenyl-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl, or is di-substituted by lower alkylene or by lower alkyleneoxy-lower alkylene; amino and amino that is mono- or di-substituted by identical or different substituents selected from lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl and phenyl-lower alkyl,-lower alkenyl or -lower alkynl, or is disubstituted by lower alkylene or by lower alkyleneoxy-lower alkylene; or are carboxy, carboxy esterified by an alcohol the alcoholic hydroxy function of which is bonded to lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl or to lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl; carbamoyl the amino group of which is unsubstituted or mono- or di-substituted by identical or different substituents selected from lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl and phenyl-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl, or is di-substituted by lower alkylene or by lower alkyleneoxy-lower alkylene; cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl, lower alkenyloxy-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl, phenyl, naphthyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thienyl or pyridyl, or one of the three pairs of variables R3/R4, R5/R6 and R7/R8 is lower alkylene or lower alkenylene, and the variables of the other two pairs, independently of one another, are as defined immediately above, R9 is hydrogen or unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substituted lower alkyl, lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl, it being possible for the substituents to be selected from the group consisting of lower alkoxy, lower alkenyloxy, carboxy, carboxy esterified by an alcohol the alcoholic hydroxy function of which is bonded to lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl or to lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl, and carbamoyl the amino group of which is unsubstituted or mono- or di-substituted by identical or different substituents selected from lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl and phenyl-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl, or is disubstituted by lower alkylene or by lower alkyleneoxy-lower alkylene, the indices p and q, independently of one another, are 0 or 1, and the rings A and B, independently of one another, are unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substituted, it being possible for the substituents to be selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, lower alkenyloxy, amino, amino mono- or di-substituted by identical or different substituents selected from lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl and phenyl-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl, or disubstituted by lower alkylene or by lower alkyleneoxy-lower alkylene; carboxy, carboxy esterified by an alcohol the alcoholic hydroxy function of which is bonded to lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl or to lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl; carbamoyl the amino group of which is unsubstituted or mono- or di-substituted by identical or different substituents selected from lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, hydroxy-lower alkyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl and phenyl-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl or -lower alkynyl, or is disubstituted by lower alkylene or by lower alkyleneoxy-lower alkylene; and lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower alkoxy-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl and -lower alkynyl, lower alkenyloxy-lower alkyl, -lower alkenyl and -lower alkynyl and trifluoromethyl, or, if appropriate, a tautomer thereof, in each case in free form or in the form of a salt.
3. A compound of formula I according to claim 1, wherein X is the group Ia or the group Ib, R1 is lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, cycloalkyl or phenyl-lower alkyl, R2 is carboxy, 1H-tetrazol-5-yl, SO3H, PO2H2, PO3H2 or haloalkanesulfonylamino, either R3, R4, R5, R6, R7 and R8, independently of one another, are hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, carboxy, carboxy esterified by an alcohol the alcoholic hydroxy function of which is bonded to lower alkyl; carbamoyl the amino group of which is unsubstituted or mono- or di-substituted by identical or different lower alkyl substituents;
cycloalkyl, lower alkoxy lower alkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thienyl or pyridyl, or one of the three pairs of variables R3/R4, R5/R6 and R7/R8 is lower alkylene or lower alkenylene and the variables of the other two pairs, independently of one another, are as defined immediately above, R9 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl, either the indices p and q are 0 or one of the indices p and q is 0 and the other of the indices p and q is 1, the rings A and B, independently of one another, are unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substituted, it being possible for the substituents to be selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, amino, amino mono- or di-substituted by identical or different substituents selected from lower alkyl and phenyl-lower alkyl, carboxy, carboxy esterified by an alcohol the alcoholic hydroxy function of which is bonded to lower alkyl; carbamoyl the amino group of which is unsubstituted or mono- or di-substituted by identical or different substituents selected from lower alkyl and phenyl-lower alkyl, or is disubstituted by lower alkylene or by lower alkyleneoxy-lower alkylene; and lower alkyl and trifluoromethyl, and the ring B is bonded in the 4-position of the ring A and R2 is bonded in a 2-position of the ring B, or, if appropriate, a tautomer thereof, in each case in free form or in the form of a salt.
cycloalkyl, lower alkoxy lower alkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thienyl or pyridyl, or one of the three pairs of variables R3/R4, R5/R6 and R7/R8 is lower alkylene or lower alkenylene and the variables of the other two pairs, independently of one another, are as defined immediately above, R9 is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl or lower alkynyl, either the indices p and q are 0 or one of the indices p and q is 0 and the other of the indices p and q is 1, the rings A and B, independently of one another, are unsubstituted or mono- or poly-substituted, it being possible for the substituents to be selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, lower alkoxy, amino, amino mono- or di-substituted by identical or different substituents selected from lower alkyl and phenyl-lower alkyl, carboxy, carboxy esterified by an alcohol the alcoholic hydroxy function of which is bonded to lower alkyl; carbamoyl the amino group of which is unsubstituted or mono- or di-substituted by identical or different substituents selected from lower alkyl and phenyl-lower alkyl, or is disubstituted by lower alkylene or by lower alkyleneoxy-lower alkylene; and lower alkyl and trifluoromethyl, and the ring B is bonded in the 4-position of the ring A and R2 is bonded in a 2-position of the ring B, or, if appropriate, a tautomer thereof, in each case in free form or in the form of a salt.
4. A compound of formula I according to claim 1, wherein X is the group Ia or the group Ib, R1 is C1-C4alkyl, R2 is carboxy or 1H-tetrazol-5-yl, either R3, R4, R5, R6, R7 and R8, independently of one another, are hydrogen or C1-C4alkyl, or one of the three pairs of variables R3/R4, R5/R6 and R7/R8 is C2-C5alkylene, and the variables of the other two pairs, independently of one another, are as defined immediately above, R9 is hydrogen or C1-C4alkyl, either the indices p and q are 0 or one of the indices p and q is 0 and the other of the indices p and q is 1, the rings A and B are unsubstituted and the ring B is bonded in the 4-position of the ring A and R2 is bonded in a 2-position of the ring B, or, if approp-riate, a tautomer thereof, in each case in free form or in the form of a salt.
5. A compound of formula I according to claim 1, wherein X is the group Ia or the group Ib, R1 is C1-C4alkyl, R2 is 1H-tetrazol-5-yl, either R3, R4, R5, R6, R7 and R8, independ-ently of one another, are hydrogen or C1-C4alkyl, or one of the three pairs of variables R3/R4, R5/R6 and R7/R8 is C2-C5alkylene and the variables of the other two pairs are hydrogen, R9 is hydrogen, either the indices p and q are 0 or one of the indices p and q is 0 and the other of the indices p and q is 1, the rings A and B are unsubstituted and the ring B
is bonded in the 4-position of the ring A and R2 is bonded in a 2-position of the ring B, or, if appropriate, a tautomer thereof, in each case in free form or in the form of a salt.
is bonded in the 4-position of the ring A and R2 is bonded in a 2-position of the ring B, or, if appropriate, a tautomer thereof, in each case in free form or in the form of a salt.
6. A compound of formula I according to claim 1, wherein X is the group Ia, R1 is C1-C4alkyl, R2 is 1H-tetrazol-5-yl, either R3, R4, R5, R6, R7 and R8, independently of one another, are hydrogen or C1-C4alkyl, or one of the three pairs of variables R3/R4, R5/R6 and R7/R8 is C2-C5alkylene and the variables of the other two pairs are hydrogen, either the indices p and q are 0 or one of the indices p and q is 0 and the other of the indices p and q is 1, the rings A and B are unsubstituted and the ring B is bonded in the 4-position of the ring A and R2 is bonded in a 2-position of the ring B, in free form or in the form of a salt.
7. A compound of formula I according to claim 1, wherein X is the group Ia, R1 is C1-C4alkyl, R2 is 1H-tetrazol-5-yl, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7 and R8, independently of one another, are hydrogen or C1-C4alkyl, either the indices p and q are 0 or one of the indices p and q is 0 and the other of the indices p and q is 1, the rings A and B are unsubstituted and the ring B is bonded in the 4-position of the ring A and R2 is bonded in a 2-position of the ring B, in free form or in the form of a salt.
8. 2-(n-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-5-oxo-1-[2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazole or a salt thereof.
9. 2-(n-butyl)-4-oxo-3-[2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-1,3-diazaspiro[4.5]-dec-1-ene or a salt thereof.
10. 4,4-diethyl-5-oxo-2-(n-propyl)-1-[2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazole or a salt thereof.
11. 5-(n-butyl)-3-oxo-4-[2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-2,3-dihydro-4H-1,2,4-triazole or a tautomer and/or a salt thereof.
12. 2-(n-butyl)-4,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-1-[2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-1,4,5,6-tetrahydro-pyrimidine or a salt thereof.
13. 2-(n-butyl)-5,5-dimethyl-6-oxo-1-[2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-1,4,5,6-tetrahydro-pyrimidine or a salt thereof.
14. 2-(n-butyl)-6-oxo-1-[2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-1,4,5,6-tetrahydro-pyrimidine or a salt thereof.
15. 2-(n-butyl)-6-oxo-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1-[2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-1,4,5,6-tetrahydro-pyrimidine or a salt thereof.
16. 2-(n-butyl)-4,4-diethyl-5-oxo-1-[2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazole or a salt thereof.
17. 2-(n-butyl)-4-oxo-3-[2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-1,3-diazaspiro[4.4]-non-1-ene or a salt thereof.
18. 2-(n-butyl)-4-isopropyl-5-oxo-1-[2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazole or a salt thereof.
19. 1,3-di-(n-butyl)-5-oxo-4-[2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-1,5-dihydro-4H-1,2,4-triazole or a salt thereof.
20. 4,4-dimethyl-5-oxo-2-(n-propyl)-1-[2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazole or a salt thereof.
21. 4,4-dimethyl-5-oxo-2-(n-pentyl)-1-[2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazole or a salt thereof.
22. 2-(n-butyl)-4-isopropyl-4-methyl-5-oxo-1-[2'-(1 H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazole or a salt thereof.
23. 3-(n-butyl)-1-methyl-5-oxo-4-[2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-1,5-dihydro-4H-1,2,4-triazole or a salt thereof.
24. 2-(n-butyl)-4-methyl-5-oxo-1-[2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazole or a salt thereof.
25. 2-(n-butyl)-4-ethyl-5-oxo-1-[2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazole or a salt thereof.
26. 2-(n-butyl)-5-oxo-1-[2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazole or a salt thereof.
27. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 26 or, if appropriate, a tautomer thereof, in each case in free form or in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, for use in a method for the therapeutic treatment of the human or animal body.
28. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 27 or, if appropriate, a tautomer thereof, in each case in free form or in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, for use as an antihypertensive drug.
29. A pharmaceutical composition comprising as active ingredient a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 28 or, if appropriate, a tautomer thereof, in each case in free form or in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, if desired together with customary pharmaceutical excipients.
30. An antihypertensive1y active pharmaceutical composition according to claim 29 wherein an antihypertensively active compound is selected.
31. A process for the preparation of a compound of formula I according to any one of claims 1 to 26 or, if appropriate, a tautomer thereof, in each case in free form or in the form of a salt, which comprises a) in a compound of the formula (II), wherein Z1 is a radical that can be converted into R2, or in a salt thereof, converting Z1 into R2, or b) cyclising a compound of the formula (III), or a salt thereof, or c) reacting a compound of the formula (IV), or a salt thereof, with a compound of the formula R1-C(Z2)(Z3)Z4 (V), wherein either Z2 and Z3 together are unmodified or functionally modified oxo and Z4 is a nucleofugal leaving group, or Z2, Z3 and Z4, independently of one another, are anucleofugal leaving group, and in each case, if desired, converting a compound Iobtainable in accordance with the process or in another manner, or a tautomer thereof, in each case in free form or in the form of a salt, into a different compound I or a tautomer thereof, separating a mixture of isomers obtainable in accordance with the process and isolating the desired isomer and/or converting a free compound I obtainable in accordance with the process, or a tautomer thereof, into a salt, or converting a salt of a compound I
obtainable in accordance with the process, or of a tautomer thereof, into the free compound I or a tautomer thereof or into a different salt.
obtainable in accordance with the process, or of a tautomer thereof, into the free compound I or a tautomer thereof or into a different salt.
32. A method for the treatment of high blood pressure and/or cardiac insufficiency, which comprises administering a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 28 or, ifappropriate, a tautomer thereof, in each case in free form or in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 29 or claim 30.
33. The use of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 28 or, if appropriate, of a tautomer thereof, in each case in free form or in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CH292790 | 1990-09-10 | ||
CH2927/90-7 | 1990-09-10 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2050769A1 true CA2050769A1 (en) | 1992-03-11 |
Family
ID=4244763
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002050769A Abandoned CA2050769A1 (en) | 1990-09-10 | 1991-09-06 | Azacyclic compounds |
Country Status (12)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP0475898A1 (en) |
JP (1) | JPH04342571A (en) |
KR (1) | KR920006323A (en) |
AU (1) | AU8375591A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2050769A1 (en) |
FI (1) | FI914228A7 (en) |
HU (1) | HUT59129A (en) |
IE (1) | IE913165A1 (en) |
IL (1) | IL99372A0 (en) |
NO (1) | NO913542L (en) |
PT (1) | PT98903A (en) |
ZA (1) | ZA917143B (en) |
Cited By (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2003066577A1 (en) * | 2002-02-08 | 2003-08-14 | Merck & Co., Inc. | N-biphenylmethyl aminocycloalkanecarboxamide derivatives with a substiituent on the methyl useful as bradykinin antagonists |
WO2003065789A3 (en) * | 2002-02-08 | 2004-03-11 | Merck & Co Inc | N-biphenylmethyl aminocycloalkanecarboxamide derivatives |
US7163951B2 (en) | 2002-08-29 | 2007-01-16 | Merck & Co., Inc. | N-biarylmethyl aminocycloalkanecarboxamide derivatives |
WO2007049293A1 (en) | 2005-10-28 | 2007-05-03 | Alembic Limited | An improved process for preparation of irbesartan |
US7332499B2 (en) | 2003-08-07 | 2008-02-19 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Sulfonyl substituted n-(biarylmethyl) aminocyclopropanecarboxamides |
Families Citing this family (35)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
PT97078B (en) * | 1990-03-20 | 1997-07-31 | Sanofi Sa | PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF N-SUBSTITUTED HETEROCYCLIC DERIVATIVES AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM |
FR2681067B1 (en) * | 1991-09-10 | 1993-12-17 | Elf Sanofi | N-SUBSTITUTED HETEROCYCLIC DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION, THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THE SAME. |
US5164403A (en) * | 1991-04-05 | 1992-11-17 | G. D. Searle & Co. | N-arylheteroarylalkyl imidazol-2-one compounds for treatment of circulatory disorders |
WO1992020662A1 (en) * | 1991-05-10 | 1992-11-26 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Acidic aralkyl triazole derivatives active as angiotensin ii antagonists |
US5436259A (en) * | 1991-05-10 | 1995-07-25 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Substituted 1,2,4-triazolin-3-one compounds bearing acidic functional groups as balanced angiotensin II antagonists |
AU2496492A (en) * | 1991-08-19 | 1993-03-16 | E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Angiotensin ii receptor blocking imidazolinone derivatives |
AU2494792A (en) * | 1991-08-19 | 1993-03-16 | E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Angiotensin ii receptor blocking imidazolinone derivatives |
US5182288A (en) * | 1991-11-13 | 1993-01-26 | Ortho Pharmaceutical Corporation | Substituted n-biphenylyl lactams |
AU4411593A (en) * | 1992-10-13 | 1994-05-09 | G.D. Searle & Co. | N-arylheteroarylalkyl 1-phenyl-imidazol-2-one compounds for treatment of circulatory disorders |
US5411641A (en) * | 1993-11-22 | 1995-05-02 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Electrochemical conversion of anhydrous hydrogen halide to halogen gas using a cation-transporting membrane |
FR2725987B1 (en) * | 1994-10-19 | 1997-01-10 | Sanofi Sa | PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF A TETRAZOLE DERIVATIVE IN TWO CRYSTALLINE FORMS AND NOVEL CRYSTALLINE FORM THEREOF |
TW442301B (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 2001-06-23 | Sanofi Synthelabo | Pharmaceutical compositions containing irbesartan |
US5994348A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1999-11-30 | Sanofi | Pharmaceutical compositions containing irbesartan |
TW467902B (en) * | 1996-07-31 | 2001-12-11 | Bristol Myers Squibb Co | Diphenyl heterocycles as potassium channel modulators |
US5728834A (en) * | 1996-11-14 | 1998-03-17 | Wyckoff Chemical Company, Inc. | Process for preparation of 4-aryl-1,2,4-triazol-3-ones |
FR2766821A1 (en) * | 1997-07-29 | 1999-02-05 | Sanofi Sa | 1,3-OXAZOLINYL-BIPHENYL DERIVATIVES, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR USE AS SYNTHESIS INTERMEDIATES |
GB9716446D0 (en) * | 1997-08-05 | 1997-10-08 | Agrevo Uk Ltd | Fungicides |
US6162922A (en) * | 1998-01-30 | 2000-12-19 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. | Method for preparing N-substituted heterocyclic derivatives using a phase-transfer catalyst |
EP1103548A4 (en) * | 1998-08-03 | 2002-05-08 | Sumitomo Chemical Co | TRIAZOLONE DERIVATIVES, THEIR USE AND INTERMEDIATE CONNECTION THEREFOR |
SE9903028D0 (en) | 1999-08-27 | 1999-08-27 | Astra Ab | New use |
AU2003242984A1 (en) * | 2003-04-07 | 2004-11-01 | Hetero Drugs Limited | A novel crystalline form of irbesartan |
EP1751123A4 (en) * | 2004-05-20 | 2010-06-30 | Reddys Lab Ltd Dr | Process for preparing irbesartan |
EP1749828A1 (en) | 2005-08-04 | 2007-02-07 | Farmaprojects S.L. | Process for preparing an angiotensin II receptor antagonist |
WO2007052301A2 (en) * | 2005-08-31 | 2007-05-10 | Alembic Limited | Process for the preparation of irbesartan |
WO2007122508A2 (en) * | 2006-04-24 | 2007-11-01 | Aurobindo Pharma Limited | An improved process for the preparation of irbesartan |
US8969514B2 (en) | 2007-06-04 | 2015-03-03 | Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Agonists of guanylate cyclase useful for the treatment of hypercholesterolemia, atherosclerosis, coronary heart disease, gallstone, obesity and other cardiovascular diseases |
EP2998314B1 (en) | 2007-06-04 | 2020-01-22 | Bausch Health Ireland Limited | Agonists of guanylate cyclase useful for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders, inflammation, cancer and other disorders |
EP2328910B1 (en) | 2008-06-04 | 2014-08-06 | Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Agonists of guanylate cyclase useful for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders, inflammation, cancer and other disorders |
CA2730603C (en) | 2008-07-16 | 2019-09-24 | Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Agonists of guanylate cyclase useful for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders, inflammation, cancer and other disorders |
EP2194050A1 (en) | 2008-12-08 | 2010-06-09 | KRKA, tovarna zdravil, d.d., Novo mesto | A new process for the preparation of irbesartan |
US9616097B2 (en) | 2010-09-15 | 2017-04-11 | Synergy Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Formulations of guanylate cyclase C agonists and methods of use |
WO2014151206A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-25 | Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Agonists of guanylate cyclase and their uses |
EP2968439A2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2016-01-20 | Synergy Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Compositions useful for the treatment of gastrointestinal disorders |
RS65632B1 (en) | 2013-06-05 | 2024-07-31 | Bausch Health Ireland Ltd | Ultra-pure agonists of guanylate cyclase c, method of making and using same |
CN108276389B (en) * | 2018-02-09 | 2020-10-16 | 北京化工大学 | A kind of synthetic method of irbesartan |
Family Cites Families (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5015651A (en) * | 1988-01-07 | 1991-05-14 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Treatment of hypertension with 1,2,4-angiotensin II antagonists |
EP0409332A3 (en) * | 1989-07-19 | 1991-08-07 | Merck & Co. Inc. | Substituted triazoles as angiotensin ii antagonists |
EP0412594B1 (en) * | 1989-07-28 | 1996-01-03 | Merck & Co. Inc. | Substituted triazolinones, triazolinethiones, and triazolinimines as angiotensin II antagonists |
-
1991
- 1991-09-02 IL IL99372A patent/IL99372A0/en unknown
- 1991-09-03 EP EP91810697A patent/EP0475898A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 1991-09-06 FI FI914228A patent/FI914228A7/en unknown
- 1991-09-06 CA CA002050769A patent/CA2050769A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 1991-09-09 ZA ZA917143A patent/ZA917143B/en unknown
- 1991-09-09 IE IE316591A patent/IE913165A1/en unknown
- 1991-09-09 NO NO91913542A patent/NO913542L/en unknown
- 1991-09-09 AU AU83755/91A patent/AU8375591A/en not_active Abandoned
- 1991-09-09 PT PT98903A patent/PT98903A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1991-09-09 HU HU912903A patent/HUT59129A/en unknown
- 1991-09-10 JP JP3230528A patent/JPH04342571A/en active Pending
- 1991-09-10 KR KR1019910015739A patent/KR920006323A/en not_active Withdrawn
Cited By (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2003066577A1 (en) * | 2002-02-08 | 2003-08-14 | Merck & Co., Inc. | N-biphenylmethyl aminocycloalkanecarboxamide derivatives with a substiituent on the methyl useful as bradykinin antagonists |
WO2003065789A3 (en) * | 2002-02-08 | 2004-03-11 | Merck & Co Inc | N-biphenylmethyl aminocycloalkanecarboxamide derivatives |
EP1476419A4 (en) * | 2002-02-08 | 2005-03-30 | Merck & Co Inc | N-biphenylmethyl aminocycloalkanecarboxamide derivatives |
US6919343B2 (en) | 2002-02-08 | 2005-07-19 | Merck & Co., Inc. | N-biphenyl(substituted methyl) aminocycloalkane-carboxamide derivatives |
US7091380B2 (en) | 2002-02-08 | 2006-08-15 | Merck & Co., Inc. | N-biphenylmethyl aminocycloalkanecarboxamide derivatives |
AU2003217728B2 (en) * | 2002-02-08 | 2008-11-20 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | N-Biphenylmethyl aminocycloalkanecarboxamide derivatives |
US7163951B2 (en) | 2002-08-29 | 2007-01-16 | Merck & Co., Inc. | N-biarylmethyl aminocycloalkanecarboxamide derivatives |
US7332499B2 (en) | 2003-08-07 | 2008-02-19 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Sulfonyl substituted n-(biarylmethyl) aminocyclopropanecarboxamides |
WO2007049293A1 (en) | 2005-10-28 | 2007-05-03 | Alembic Limited | An improved process for preparation of irbesartan |
US7652147B2 (en) | 2005-10-28 | 2010-01-26 | Alembic Limited | Process for preparation of Irbesartan |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
EP0475898A1 (en) | 1992-03-18 |
FI914228A7 (en) | 1992-03-11 |
FI914228A0 (en) | 1991-09-06 |
JPH04342571A (en) | 1992-11-30 |
NO913542D0 (en) | 1991-09-09 |
HUT59129A (en) | 1992-04-28 |
AU8375591A (en) | 1992-03-12 |
NO913542L (en) | 1992-03-11 |
KR920006323A (en) | 1992-04-27 |
PT98903A (en) | 1992-07-31 |
HU912903D0 (en) | 1992-01-28 |
IE913165A1 (en) | 1992-03-11 |
IL99372A0 (en) | 1992-08-18 |
ZA917143B (en) | 1992-04-29 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA2050769A1 (en) | Azacyclic compounds | |
AU637617B2 (en) | 1-((biphenyl-4-yl)alkyl)-6-oxopyrimidine derivatives | |
AU646006B2 (en) | Diaza compounds | |
CA2232775C (en) | Acyl compounds | |
CA2036304C (en) | Pyrimidinedione derivatives, their production and use | |
EP1349839B1 (en) | Phenylethenyl or phenylethinyl derivatives as glutamate receptor antagonists | |
US5620998A (en) | N-acyl-N-heterocyclylalkylamino acid compounds and method of use thereof | |
IE903749A1 (en) | Pyrimidines | |
NO177304B (en) | Analogous Process for Preparation of Therapeutically Active Benzimidazole Derivatives | |
US5369110A (en) | Biphenylyl compounds | |
US5587390A (en) | Imidazole derivatives having a II antagonist activity | |
CA1175805A (en) | Cephalosporin derivatives | |
SK279326B6 (en) | Antihypertensive compounds and pharmaceutical agent with antihypertensive effect | |
EP0208518B1 (en) | 6-phenyl-pyridazinyl compounds | |
CA1317948C (en) | Omega-¬(hetero)alkyl|benz¬cd|-indol-2-amines | |
CA2095802A1 (en) | Biphenylmethyl-substituted pyridones | |
CA2531210C (en) | Imidazole derivatives and their use in the treatment of mglur5 receptor mediated disorders | |
CA1097350A (en) | Derivatives of imidazole, processes for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them | |
CA2093947A1 (en) | Propenoyl-imidazole derivatives | |
EP0019308B1 (en) | Tetrazole derivatives and a process for their preparation | |
CA2090281A1 (en) | Sulphonylbenzyl-substituted imidazolylpropenoic acid derivatives | |
JPH0525140A (en) | Benzimidazole derivative | |
RU2144022C1 (en) | N-(biphenylmethyl)aminobenzoic acid esters and method of their synthesis | |
JPH11140086A (en) | 4-substituted-1h-6-oxopyrazolo(3, 4-d)pyrimidine compound and xanthine oxidase inhibitor | |
WO2000050420A1 (en) | 6-substituted-7- heteroquinoxaline carboxylic acid derivatives and addition salts thereof and processes for the preparation of both |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
FZDE | Discontinued |